diff options
36 files changed, 2090 insertions, 1342 deletions
diff --git a/docs/installer/ca.po b/docs/installer/ca.po index 0dd33cdc..c4718f06 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ca.po +++ b/docs/installer/ca.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-10 16:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ msgstr "" "application>, cliqueu al botó <guibutton>Notes de versió</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ca" @@ -96,9 +97,9 @@ msgstr "ca" msgid "Media Selection (Configure Supplemental Installation Media)" msgstr "Selecció dels suports (configura suports d'instal·lació suplementaris)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created -#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. papoteur 2013-04-13 - created +#. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot and expanded title (because is was the same as for media_selection +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/a optical/an optcal/ s/support/disc/ s/or or/or/ s/at/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -152,19 +153,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User and Superuser Management" msgstr "Gestió d'usuaris i superusuari" -#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. Started by marja,using Led43's text, on 2012 03 27 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back #. removed para xml:id's, finished the page using Led43's text in the wiki, but -#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing -#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or +#. changed his text about the Advanced User Managment screen (the only thing +#. about guest account there, is the box you can tick or untick to enable or #. disable it, the rest is about the normal user you're adding in the previous #. screen), marja, 20120409 #. barjac 2012-04-13 moved explanation of xguest lower down. I don't understand -#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? -#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading -#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot -#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note +#. "rbash" in the xguest warning - is that correct? +#. JohnR 2012-04-19 Language proofreading +#. marja 2012-04-24 Added screenshot +#. marja 2013-04-26 added new note #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/addUser.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -403,17 +404,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choose the mount points" msgstr "Trieu els punts de muntatge" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back -#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 28 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. SimonNZG 2012-04-03 has taken a look but needs to come back +#. removed para xml:id's, marja, 20120409 #. barjac 14/04/2012 Minor edit to improve grammar and replaced "at least ONE" -#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) -#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes +#. with "a", as I can't imagine having more than one root partition ;) +#. Lebarhon : I put [] where it seems having mistakes #. Marja: you're right, in English English it is "its type", however, the Americans #. write "it's type". And you're right about the redundant part, too, I removed it -#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) -#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done +#. And JohnR says the Americans are WRONG! :-)) +#. 2012-04-19 Language proofreading done #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/ask_mntpoint_s.xml:27 msgid "" @@ -669,8 +670,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configure your Services" msgstr "Configura els serveis" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureServices.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -722,8 +723,8 @@ msgstr "Canvieu coses només si teniu molt clar què esteu fent." msgid "Configure your Timezone" msgstr "Configura la zona horària" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/configureTimezoneUTC.xml:20 msgid "" @@ -892,16 +893,15 @@ msgid "" "see that <application>DrakX</application> didn't make a choice, or if you " "think the choice is incorrect." msgstr "" -"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) " -"triat per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, " -"està basat en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat " -"<acronym>Sistema X Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. " -"Per tant, perquè <acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, " -"<acronym>LXDE</acronym> o qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal " -"configurar correctament els següents paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. " -"Si veieu que <application>DrakX</application> no ha pogut triar la " -"configuració, " -"o bé si penseu que no ho ha fet bé, corregiu-los." +"Sigui quin sigui l'entorn gràfic (també anomenat entorn d'escriptori) triat " +"per a aquesta instal·lació de <application>Mageia</application>, està basat " +"en el sistema d'interfície gràfica d'usuari anomenat <acronym>Sistema X " +"Window</acronym>, o simplement <acronym>X</acronym>. Per tant, perquè " +"<acronym>KDE</acronym>, <acronym>Gnome</acronym>, <acronym>LXDE</acronym> o " +"qualsevol altre entorn funcioni bé, cal configurar correctament els següents " +"paràmetres d'<acronym>X</acronym>. Si veieu que <application>DrakX</" +"application> no ha pogut triar la configuració, o bé si penseu que no ho ha " +"fet bé, corregiu-los." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:31 @@ -923,10 +923,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Monitor</guibutton></emphasis>: podeu triar " "<guilabel>Plug'n Play</guilabel> quan sigui possible, o bé trieu un monitor " -"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric<" -"/guilabel>. " -"Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir manualment les " -"freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." +"de la llista de <guilabel>Proveïdor</guilabel> o de <guilabel>Genèric</" +"guilabel>. Trieu <guilabel>Personalitzat</guilabel> si preferiu establir " +"manualment les freqüències de refresc horitzontal i vertical del monitor." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:45 @@ -956,13 +955,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<emphasis><guibutton>Prova</guibutton></emphasis>: el botó de prova no " "sempre apareix durant la instal·lació. Si hi surt i el pressioneu, podeu " -"controlar " -"els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són correctes i " -"premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap pregunta, tornareu a " -"la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar tot fins que la prova " -"sigui " -"correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està disponible, assegureu-vos que la " -"configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" +"controlar els paràmetres. Si veieu una pregunta sobre si els paràmetres són " +"correctes i premeu «sí», els paràmetres es desaran. Si no veieu cap " +"pregunta, tornareu a la pantalla de configuració i ho podreu reconfigurar " +"tot fins que la prova sigui correcta. <emphasis>Si el botó no està " +"disponible, assegureu-vos que la configuració és conservadora</emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/configureX_chooser.xml:67 @@ -1024,11 +1021,11 @@ msgid "" "screen is refreshed and horizontal sync is the rate at which scan lines are " "displayed." msgstr "" -"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència " -"de refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " -"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i la " -"freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es mostren " -"les línies." +"Aquesta opció us permet especificar dos paràmetres crítics, la freqüència de " +"refresc vertical i la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal. La freqüència " +"de refresc vertical determina a quina freqüència es refresca la pantalla i " +"la freqüència de sincronisme horitzontal determina a quina freqüència es " +"mostren les línies." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:49 @@ -1054,8 +1051,8 @@ msgid "" "This is the default option and tries to determine the monitor type from the " "monitor database." msgstr "" -"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor " -"a partir de la base de dades." +"Aquesta és l'opció predeterminada i tracta d'establir el tipus de monitor a " +"partir de la base de dades." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/configureX_monitor.xml:63 @@ -1096,12 +1093,10 @@ msgid "" "may be wise to be conservative in your selections." msgstr "" "seleccionant aquest grup se us presentaran gairebé 30 configuracions de " -"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les dels " -"portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas que " -"feu " -"servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " -"automàticament. " -"De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." +"pantalles, per exemple 1024x768 @ 60Hz i inclou pantalles planes com les " +"dels portàtils. Sovint aquest és un bon grup de selecció de monitors en cas " +"que feu servir Vesa perquè el maquinari de vídeo no ha estat determinat " +"automàticament. De nou, sigueu prudents en les vostres seleccions." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake.xml:19 @@ -1125,10 +1120,10 @@ msgid "" "encryption option for the <literal>/boot</literal> partition must NOT be " "set, otherwise your system will be unbootable." msgstr "" -"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-vos " -"que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que l'opció " -"de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</literal>. " -"Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." +"Si voleu fer servir xifratge a la partició <literal>/</literal> assegureu-" +"vos que teniu una partició <literal>/boot</literal> separada. Cal que " +"l'opció de xifratge estigui deshabilitada per a la partició <literal>/boot</" +"literal>. Si no, el sistema no arrencarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:39 @@ -1138,8 +1133,8 @@ msgid "" "is in them before you start." msgstr "" "Ajusteu aquí l'estructura dels discs. Podeu eliminar o bé crear particions, " -"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, fins " -"i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." +"canviar el sistema de fitxers d'una partició, o bé canviar-ne la mida o, " +"fins i tot, veure'n el contingut abans de començar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:42 @@ -1158,8 +1153,7 @@ msgid "" "storage device" msgstr "" "Premeu <guibutton>Neteja-ho tot</guibutton> per a eliminar totes les " -"particions " -"del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." +"particions del dispositiu d'emmagatzematge seleccionat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake.xml:47 @@ -1193,8 +1187,8 @@ msgid "" "solutions the DrakX partitioning wizard found for where to install " "<application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i " -"les propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " +"En aquesta pantalla podeu veure en contingut del(s) disc(s) dur(s) i les " +"propostes de l'auxiliar de particionament de DrakX sobre on instal·lar " "<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1241,8 +1235,7 @@ msgid "" "your new Mageia installation." msgstr "" "Si teniu espai lliure al disc dur, aquesta opció l'aprofitarà per a la " -"instal·lació de " -"Mageia." +"instal·lació de Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:62 @@ -1256,8 +1249,7 @@ msgid "" "offer to use it." msgstr "" "Si teniu espai lliure en una partició Windows existent, pot ser que " -"l'instal·lador us " -"proposi utilitzar-la." +"l'instal·lador us proposi utilitzar-la." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:69 @@ -1282,14 +1274,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tingueu en ment que això implica encongir la partició de Windows. La " "partició ha d'estar «neta», és a dir, Windows s'ha d'haver tancat " -"correctament " -"la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi estat " -"desfragmentada, " -"tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la partició hagin estat " -"desplaçats " -"fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer servir. És altament recomanable fer " -"una " -"còpia de seguretat dels fitxers personals." +"correctament la darrera vegada que es va fer servir. També cal que hagi " +"estat desfragmentada, tot i que això no és garantia que els fitxers de la " +"partició hagin estat desplaçats fora de la regió que s'està a punt de fer " +"servir. És altament recomanable fer una còpia de seguretat dels fitxers " +"personals." #. type: Content of: <section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:84 @@ -1344,14 +1333,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Alguns discs nous fan servir ara sectors lògics de 4096 bytes, en lloc dels " "sectors lògics de 512 bytes, estàndards fins ara. Degut a la manca de " -"maquinari " -"disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador no s'ha " -"pogut " -"provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, alguns discs " -"SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. Si teniu algun " -"d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un preparticionament del disc, " -"utilitzant alguna eina de partionament alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu " -"servir la configuració següent:" +"maquinari disponible, l'eina de particionament utilitzada per l'instal·lador " +"no s'ha pogut provar amb un dispositiu d'aquestes característiques. A més, " +"alguns discs SSD fan servir actualment un bloc d'esborrament de més d'1MB. " +"Si teniu algun d'aquests dispositius, us recomanem de fer un " +"preparticionament del disc, utilitzant alguna eina de partionament " +"alternativa, com ara gparted, i feu servir la configuració següent:" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> #: en/doPartitionDisks.xml:117 @@ -1372,17 +1359,45 @@ msgstr "" "parell de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instal·lació amb DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1390,28 +1405,26 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "No tothom veurà totes les pantalles d'instal·lació que apareixen en aquest " "manual. Les imatges que veureu dependran del vostre maquinari i de les " -"decisions " -"que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." +"decisions que aneu prenent durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" "Els textos i les captures de pantalla d'aquest manual estan disponibles sota " -"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses" -"/" -"by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" +"la llicència CC BY-SA 3.0 <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/" +"licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1422,26 +1435,24 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" "link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" "L'han escrit voluntaris durant el seu temps lliure. Si voleu ajudar a " -"millorar-lo, " -"contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">" -"equip " -"de documentació</link>." +"millorar-lo, contacteu l'<link ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"Documentation_team\">equip de documentació</link>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/exitInstall.xml:4 msgid "Congratulations" msgstr "Enhorabona" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND THEN REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012-04-24 added screenshot and text #. same day, added "s" to "sytems" #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/exitInstall.xml:14 @@ -1461,8 +1472,8 @@ msgid "" "application> and it is now safe to remove the installation medium and reboot " "your computer." msgstr "" -"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i " -"ara és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." +"Heu acabat d'instal·lar i configurar <application>Mageia</application> i ara " +"és segur treure el suport d'instal·lació i arrencar de nou l'ordinador." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:25 @@ -1479,8 +1490,8 @@ msgid "" "If you didn't adjust the settings for the bootloader, your Mageia install " "will be automatically selected and started." msgstr "" -"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se seleccionarà " -"automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." +"Si no heu ajustat la configuració del carregador d'arrencada, se " +"seleccionarà automàticament la instal·lació Mageia i s'iniciarà." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/exitInstall.xml:31 @@ -1493,18 +1504,17 @@ msgid "" "Visit www.mageia.org if you have any questions or want to contribute to " "Mageia" msgstr "" -"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb " -"Mageia." +"Visiteu www.mageia.org si teniu algun dubte o voleu col·laborar amb Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:4 msgid "Formatting" msgstr "Formatació" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot -#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 29 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 added emphasis tags in formatPartitions-pa1 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:18 msgid "" @@ -1522,9 +1532,9 @@ msgid "" "Here you can choose which partition(s) you wish to format. Any data on " "partitions <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked for formatting will be saved." msgstr "" -"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes " -"les dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades " -"per a formatar." +"Aquí podeu triar les particions que voleu formatar. Es conservaran totes les " +"dades de les particions que <emphasis>no</emphasis> estiguin marcades per a " +"formatar." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:29 @@ -1538,8 +1548,8 @@ msgid "" "Click on <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> to choose partitions you want to " "check for so called <emphasis>bad blocks</emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on voleu " -"comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." +"Feu clic a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> per a triar les particions on " +"voleu comprovar si hi ha <emphasis>blocs defectuosos</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/formatPartitions.xml:37 @@ -1586,8 +1596,8 @@ msgid "" "The initial menu screen has various options, however the default one will " "start the installer, which will normally be all that you will need." msgstr "" -"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció predeterminada " -"engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." +"La pantalla del menú inicial té diverses opcions, però l'opció " +"predeterminada engegarà l'instal·lador, que normalment és tot el que cal." #. type: Content of: <section><figure><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:35 @@ -1622,8 +1632,8 @@ msgid "" "xref>." msgstr "" "Si hi ha problemes durant la instal·lació, llavors potser cal utilitzar " -"paràmetres " -"especials d'instal·lació. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"installationOptions\"></xref>." +"paràmetres especials d'instal·lació. Vegeu <xref linkend=" +"\"installationOptions\"></xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:52 @@ -1637,8 +1647,7 @@ msgid "" "on the side panel of the screen." msgstr "" "El procés d'instal·lació està dividit en un seguit de passos, que es poden " -"veure " -"en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." +"veure en el plafó lateral de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:58 @@ -1646,8 +1655,9 @@ msgid "" "Each step has one or more screens which may also have <guibutton>Advanced</" "guibutton> buttons with extra, less commonly required, options." msgstr "" -"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir botons" -"<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys habituals." +"Cada pas té una o més pantalles, que a la vegada poden tenir " +"botons<guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> amb opcions suplementàries menys " +"habituals." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/installer.xml:62 @@ -1655,8 +1665,8 @@ msgid "" "Most screens have <guibutton>Help</guibutton> buttons which give further " "explanations about the current step." msgstr "" -"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> " -"que dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." +"La majoria de les pantalles tenen un botó <guibutton>Ajuda</guibutton> que " +"dóna més explicacions sobre el pas actual." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/installer.xml:66 @@ -1671,16 +1681,13 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" "Si en algun moment de la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible tornar " -"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. " -"Un cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " +"a iniciar l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho dues vegades abans de fer-ho. Un " +"cop s'ha formatat una partició o les actualitzacions s'han començat a " "instal·lar, l'ordinador ja no es troba en el mateix estat, i reiniciar-lo " -"podria " -"ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-lo " -"reiniciar, " -"aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " -"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " -"Delete " -"</guibutton> per a reiniciar." +"podria ben bé deixar-lo inservible. Si tot i això esteu ben segur de voler-" +"lo reiniciar, aneu a un terminal de text prement alhora les tres tecles " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després premeu alhora <guibutton>Alt " +"Ctrl Delete </guibutton> per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:80 @@ -1737,9 +1744,9 @@ msgid "" "resolution by typing <code>vgalo</code> at the prompt." msgstr "" "Després de la pantalla inicial no arriba a la pàgina de selecció de la " -"llengua. " -"Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. Proveu " -"a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la consola." +"llengua. Això pot passar amb algunes targetes gràfiques de sistemes antics. " +"Proveu a fer servir una resolució baixa, teclejant <code>vgalo</code> a la " +"consola." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/installer.xml:123 @@ -1750,12 +1757,12 @@ msgid "" "presented with a black screen with the word \"boot:\". Type \"text\" and hit " "ENTER. Now continue with the installation in text mode.<emphasis></emphasis>" msgstr "" -"Si el maquinari és molt antic, potser la instal·lació gràfica no és possible. " -"En aquest cas val la pena provar una instal·lació en mode text. Per a " -"fer-ho, premeu ESC a la primera pantalla de benvinguda, i confirmeu-ho " -"amb la tecla de RETORN. Se us presentarà una pantalla negra amb la " -"paraula «boot:». Teclegeu «text» i premeu la tecla de RETORN. Llavors " -"continueu la instal·lació en mode text.<emphasis></emphasis>" +"Si el maquinari és molt antic, potser la instal·lació gràfica no és " +"possible. En aquest cas val la pena provar una instal·lació en mode text. " +"Per a fer-ho, premeu ESC a la primera pantalla de benvinguda, i confirmeu-ho " +"amb la tecla de RETORN. Se us presentarà una pantalla negra amb la paraula " +"«boot:». Teclegeu «text» i premeu la tecla de RETORN. Llavors continueu la " +"instal·lació en mode text.<emphasis></emphasis>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:135 @@ -1774,8 +1781,8 @@ msgstr "" "Si el sistema sembla que es congela durant la instal·lació, pot ser degut a " "un problema en la detecció del maquinari. En aquest cas us podeu saltar la " "detecció automàtica i deixar-la per més tard. Per a provar-ho, teclegeu " -"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar " -"amb d'altres." +"<code>noauto</code> a la consola. Si cal, aquesta opció es pot combinar amb " +"d'altres." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><section><info><title> #: en/installer.xml:147 @@ -1792,8 +1799,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Això rarament serà necessari, però en alguns casos pot ser que l'informe de " "maquinari indiqui la RAM disponible de forma errònia. Per a especificar-la " -"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, " -"on xxx és la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " +"manualment, podeu fer servir el paràmetre <code>mem=xxxM</code>, on xxx és " +"la quantitat correcta de RAM. Per exemple, <code>mem=256M</code> " "significaria 256MB de RAM." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1801,10 +1808,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Updates" msgstr "Actualitzacions" -#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 03 30 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. marja 20120418 removed xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns42="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg"" from section tag, trying to restore correct html filename -#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. marja, 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/installUpdates.xml:13 msgid "" @@ -1833,9 +1840,8 @@ msgid "" "aren't connected to the Internet" msgstr "" "Trieu <guilabel>Sí</guilabel> si voleu descarregar-los i instal·lar-los, " -"trieu " -"<guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió a " -"Internet" +"trieu <guilabel>No</guilabel> si no ho voleu fer ara o si no teniu connexió " +"a Internet" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/installUpdates.xml:28 @@ -1847,9 +1853,9 @@ msgstr "Llavors premeu <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> per a continuar." msgid "Media Selection (Nonfree)" msgstr "Selecció del suport (Nonfree)" -#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created +#. papoteur 2013-04-11 - created #. marja 2013-04-16 added screenshot + made title longer (because it was the same as for add_supplemental_media) -#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell +#. marja 2013-04-16 s/in/during/ as suggested by Tristan Campbell #. marja 2013-04-17 s/xml:id="media-selection"/xml:id="media_selection"/ (html filename was wrong) #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/media_selection.xml:12 @@ -1881,8 +1887,8 @@ msgid "" "The <emphasis>Core</emphasis> repository cannot be disabled as it contains " "the base of the distribution." msgstr "" -"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè " -"conté la base de la instal·lació." +"El dipòsit <emphasis>Core</emphasis> no pot ser deshabilitat perquè conté la " +"base de la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:30 @@ -1895,10 +1901,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "El dipòsit <emphasis>Nonfree</emphasis> inclou paquets gratuïts, i per tant " "Mageia els pot distribuir, però contenen programari no lliure (d'aquí el nom " -"- " -"Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " -"targetes " -"gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes WiFi, etc." +"- Nonfree). Per exemple, aquest dipòsit inclou pilots de propietat per a " +"targetes gràfiques nVidia i ATI, microprogramari per a diverses targetes " +"WiFi, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/media_selection.xml:38 @@ -1911,12 +1916,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "El dipòsit <emphasis>Tainted</emphasis> inclou paquets publicats sota una " "llicència lliure. El principal criteri per a posar-los en aquest dipòsit és " -"que poden " -"infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. Per exemple, " -"els " -"còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/vídeo; paquets per a " -"poder " -"reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." +"que poden infringir patents o bé lleis de drets de còpia en alguns països. " +"Per exemple, els còdecs necessaris per a reproduir diversos fitxers àudio/" +"vídeo; paquets per a poder reproduir DVD de vídeo comercials, etc." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/minimal-install.xml:3 @@ -1930,9 +1932,9 @@ msgid "" "Package Group Selection screen, see <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" "xref>." msgstr "" -"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla " -"de selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\">" -"</xref>." +"Podeu triar una instal·lació mínima desseleccionant-ho tot a la pantalla de " +"selecció de grups de paquets. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"choosePackageGroups\"></" +"xref>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/minimal-install.xml:10 @@ -1973,18 +1975,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Summary of miscellaneous parameters" msgstr "Resum dels paràmetres diversos" -#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 -#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! -#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots +#. Started by marja on 2012 03 31 +#. NEEDS TO BE WRITTEN AND REVIEWED! +#. marja - 2012 04 15 added some text, not much, unfortunately :( +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshots #. JohnR 2012-04-25 Added text as requested by Psec :-) -#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages -#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and -#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph -#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph -#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. -#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" +#. marja 2012-04-24 added 2 links to other help pages +#. marja 2012-04-24 added some text in the drakxid-configureServices and +#. the drakxid-miscellaneous section +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected "Magaia" in the last paragraph +#. marja 2012-04-24 corrected para xml:id number in the last paragraph +#. 2012-05-01 marja - added You-Cheng Hsieh's section about IBus etc. +#. 2012-08-09 marja - replaced linkend="setupBootloaderBeginner" by linkend="setupBootloader" #. 2012-12-25 marja - moved configureTimezoneUTC, selectCountry, configureServices and SecurityLevel out to separate files #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/misc-params.xml:33 @@ -2004,9 +2006,9 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Configure</guibutton>." msgstr "" "DrakX ha fet unes tries adequades per a la configuració del sistema, en " -"funció " -"de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar aquí la " -"configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</guibutton>." +"funció de les tries que heu fet i del maquinari detectat. Podeu comprovar " +"aquí la configuració i canviar-la prement el botó <guibutton>Configura</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:45 @@ -2039,8 +2041,8 @@ msgid "" "If you are not in the selected country, it is very important that you " "correct the setting. See <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" msgstr "" -"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu " -"la configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" +"Si no us trobeu al país seleccionat, és molt important que corregiu la " +"configuració. Vegeu <xref linkend=\"selectCountry\"/>" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:67 @@ -2090,8 +2092,7 @@ msgid "" "(daemons). This tool allows you to enable or disable certain tasks." msgstr "" "Els serveis de sistema es refereixen a petits programes que corren en segon " -"pla " -"(dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " +"pla (dimonis). Aquesta eina us permet habilitar o deshabilitar determinades " "tasques." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2100,8 +2101,8 @@ msgid "" "You should check carefully before changing anything here - a mistake may " "prevent your computer from operating correctly." msgstr "" -"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer " -"que l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." +"Penseu-vos-ho bé abans de canviar res aquí - una errada podria fer que " +"l'ordinador no funcionés correctament." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:99 @@ -2125,8 +2126,7 @@ msgid "" "your location, language or type of keyboard." msgstr "" "Aquí és on establiu o canvieu la disposició del teclat, que depèn de la " -"vostra " -"localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." +"vostra localització, llengua o tipus de teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:119 @@ -2154,9 +2154,9 @@ msgid "" "to select a different driver is only given when there is more than one " "driver for your card, but none of them is the default one." msgstr "" -"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. L'opció " -"de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més d'un " -"controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." +"L'instal·lador fa servir un controlador predeterminat, si n'hi ha un. " +"L'opció de seleccionar un controlador diferent només apareix quan hi ha més " +"d'un controlador per a la targeta, però cap d'ells és el predeterminat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:136 @@ -2202,9 +2202,9 @@ msgid "" "repositories." msgstr "" "Podeu configurar aquí la xarxa, però per a les targetes de xarxa amb " -"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, " -"és millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació " -"<application>Centre de Control de Mageia</application>." +"controladors no lliures, si encara no heu habilitat els dipòsits Nonfree, és " +"millor fer-ho després de reiniciar, a l'aplicació <application>Centre de " +"Control de Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:171 @@ -2238,8 +2238,7 @@ msgid "" "need to enter here" msgstr "" "Potser heu de consultar l'administrador de sistemes per a obtenir els " -"paràmetres " -"que cal posar aquí" +"paràmetres que cal posar aquí" #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/misc-params.xml:194 @@ -2258,8 +2257,8 @@ msgid "" "setting (Standard) is adequate for general use." msgstr "" "Aquí podeu establir el nivell de seguretat de l'ordinador. La majoria de " -"vegades " -"la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús general." +"vegades la configuració predeterminada (Estàndard) és adequada per a un ús " +"general." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:206 @@ -2278,8 +2277,8 @@ msgid "" "rascals out there on the internet who would compromise or steal it." msgstr "" "Un tallafoc actua de barrera entre les vostres dades importants i els " -"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o " -"robar-les." +"espavilats que ronden per internet amb intenció de comprometre-les o robar-" +"les." #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/misc-params.xml:217 @@ -2312,18 +2311,17 @@ msgid "" "application> partition. Choose which one should be made smaller to make " "space for installing <application>Mageia</application>." msgstr "" -"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript><" -"/application>. " -"Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar <application>Mageia<" -"/application>." +"Teniu més d'una partició <application>Windows<superscript>®</superscript></" +"application>. Trieu quina cal reduir per a fer lloc per a instal·lar " +"<application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/securityLevel.xml:12 msgid "Security Level" msgstr "Nivell de seguretat" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this part out of misc-params.xml" +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/securityLevel.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -2361,8 +2359,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select your Country / Region" msgstr "Seleccioneu país / regió" -#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params -#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot +#. 2012-12-25 marja - moved this section out of misc-params +#. 2013-05-05 marja - added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectCountry.xml:21 msgid "" @@ -2382,10 +2380,8 @@ msgid "" "can lead to not being able to use a Wireless network." msgstr "" "Seleccioneu el país o la regió. Això és important per a tota mena de " -"configuracions, " -"com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si trieu un país " -"equivocat " -"potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." +"configuracions, com ara la moneda o el domini de regulació de la wifi. Si " +"trieu un país equivocat potser no podeu fer anar la xarxa sense fils." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:32 @@ -2393,9 +2389,8 @@ msgid "" "If your country isn't in the list, click the <guilabel>Other Countries</" "guilabel> button and choose your country / region there." msgstr "" -"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres països<" -"/guilabel> " -"i trieu-hi el país o regió." +"Si el vostre país no es troba a la llista, cliqueu a <guilabel>Altres " +"països</guilabel> i trieu-hi el país o regió." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:37 @@ -2406,10 +2401,9 @@ msgid "" "choice." msgstr "" "Si el vostre país es troba únicament dins de la llista d'<guilabel>Altres " -"països</guilabel>, " -"després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria semblar que hi ha " -"seleccionat " -"un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." +"països</guilabel>, després de clicar <guibutton>D'acord</guibutton> podria " +"semblar que hi ha seleccionat un dels països de la primera llista. No en feu " +"cas, DrakX respectarà la tria." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/selectCountry.xml:46 @@ -2428,21 +2422,15 @@ msgid "" "GCIN, HIME, etc) also provide similar functions and can be installed if you " "added HTTP/FTP media before package selection." msgstr "" -"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar un " -"mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten que " -"els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " -"etc.). IBus " -"és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als Live-CD " -"d'Àfrica/Índia " -"i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i Àfrica, s'establirà IBus " -"com a mètode " -"d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els usuaris no l'hagin de configurar " -"manualment. " -"Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen " -"funcionalitats " -"similars i es poden instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la " -"selecció de " -"paquets." +"A la pantalla d'<guilabel>Altres països</guilabel> també podeu seleccionar " +"un mètode d'entrada (al final de la llista). Els mètodes d'entrada permeten " +"que els usuaris introdueixin caràcters multilingües (xinès, japonès, coreà, " +"etc.). IBus és el mètode d'entrada predeterminat als DVDs de Mageia, i als " +"Live-CD d'Àfrica/Índia i Àsia/no-Índia. Per a les localitzacions d'Àsia i " +"Àfrica, s'establirà IBus com a mètode d'entrada predeterminat, perquè els " +"usuaris no l'hagin de configurar manualment. Altres mètodes d'entrada (SCIM, " +"GCIN, HIME, etc.) també proporcionen funcionalitats similars i es poden " +"instal·lar si heu afegit suports HTTP/FTP abans de la selecció de paquets." #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/selectCountry.xml:61 @@ -2453,8 +2441,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si durant la instal·lació us heu oblidat de configurar el mètode d'entrada, " "hi podeu accedir després de reiniciar el sistema, mitjançant «Configura " -"l'ordinador» " -" -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari primari." +"l'ordinador» -> «Sistema», o bé executant localdrake com a usuari " +"primari." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:21 @@ -2480,8 +2468,8 @@ msgstr "Instal·la" msgid "" "Use this option for a fresh <application>Mageia</application> installation." msgstr "" -"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia<" -"/application>." +"Utilitzeu aquesta opció per a una nova instal·lació de <application>Mageia</" +"application>." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:39 @@ -2495,8 +2483,8 @@ msgid "" "your system, the installer will allow you to upgrade one of them to the " "latest release." msgstr "" -"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en " -"el sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." +"Si teniu una o més instal·lacions de <application>Mageia</application> en el " +"sistema, l'instal·lador us permetrà actualitzar-ne una a la darrera versió." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:45 @@ -2508,11 +2496,10 @@ msgid "" "a clean install while preserving your <literal>/home</literal> partition." msgstr "" "Només s'ha provat completament l'actualització a partir d'una versió de " -"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment " -"de publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " +"Mageia que <emphasis>encara fos compatible</emphasis> en el moment de " +"publicació d'aquesta versió. Si partiu d'una versió de Mageia que hagués " "arribat a la fi de vida quan es va publicar aquesta, llavors és molt millor " -"fer " -"una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." +"fer una instal·lació neta, conservant la partició <literal>/home</literal>." #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:56 @@ -2527,16 +2514,13 @@ msgid "" "guilabel> simultaneously to reboot." msgstr "" "Si durant la instal·lació decidiu aturar-la, és possible reiniciar " -"l'ordinador, " -"però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una partició " -"o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador ja no es " -"troba " -"en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo podria fer que " -"l'ordinador " -"ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu molt segurs del que voleu, " -"aneu a " -"una terminal de text prement alhora <guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. " -"Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." +"l'ordinador, però penseu-vos-ho bé abans de fer-ho. Un cop s'ha formatat una " +"partició o bé s'han començat a instal·lar les actualitzacions, l'ordinador " +"ja no es troba en el mateix estat de partida, i el fet de reiniciar-lo " +"podria fer que l'ordinador ja no es pogués fer servir. Si, tot i així, esteu " +"molt segurs del que voleu, aneu a una terminal de text prement alhora " +"<guibutton>Alt Ctrl F2</guibutton>. Després, premeu <guibutton>Alt Ctrl " +"Delete</guibutton> alhora per a reiniciar." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/selectInstallClass.xml:67 @@ -2548,10 +2532,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si us adoneu que us heu oblidat de seleccionar una llengua addicional, podeu " "tornar des de la pantalla «Instal·la o actualitza» cap a la pantalla de " -"selecció de " -"llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. <emphasis>No</emphasis> " -"ho " -"feu més endavant en la instal·lació." +"selecció de llengua prement <guilabel>Alt Ctrl Inici</guilabel>. " +"<emphasis>No</emphasis> ho feu més endavant en la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:14 @@ -2588,13 +2570,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Assegureu-vos que la selecció és correcta o seleccioneu una altra disposició " "de teclat. Si no sabeu quina disposició té el vostre teclat, mireu a les " -"especificacions " -"lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al proveïdor. Fins i tot " -"pot " -"ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que n'identifiqui la disposició. També " -"podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_tec" -"lats\"> " -"ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats</link>" +"especificacions lliurades amb el vostre sistema, o bé pregunteu-ho al " +"proveïdor. Fins i tot pot ser que hi hagi una etiqueta al teclat que " +"n'identifiqui la disposició. També podeu mirar aquí: <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mapes_de_teclats\"> ca.wikipedia.org/wiki/" +"Mapes_de_teclats</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:40 @@ -2602,8 +2582,9 @@ msgid "" "If your keyboard isn't in the list shown, click on <guibutton>More</" "guibutton> to get a full list, and select your keyboard there." msgstr "" -"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a <guibutton>Més " -"</guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-hi el teclat." +"Si el vostre teclat no apareix a la llista mostrada, cliqueu a " +"<guibutton>Més </guibutton> per a obtenir la llista completa, i seleccioneu-" +"hi el teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><warning><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:45 @@ -2614,12 +2595,11 @@ msgid "" "and continue the installation: Your keyboard is the one you chose from the " "full list." msgstr "" -"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu " -"al diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " +"Un cop triat el teclat al diàleg de <guibutton>Més</guibutton>, tornareu al " +"diàleg original de selecció de teclat, i semblarà que hagueu triat un dels " "teclats que hi apareixen. Podeu ignorar tranquil·lament aquesta anomalia i " "continuar amb la instal·lació: el teclat que val és el que heu triat a la " -"llista " -"completa." +"llista completa." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectKeyboard.xml:55 @@ -2629,10 +2609,8 @@ msgid "" "and non-Latin keyboard layouts" msgstr "" "Si trieu un teclat basat en caràcters no llatins, veureu una pantalla " -"addicional " -"amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les disposicions " -"de " -"teclat llatines i no llatines." +"addicional amb un diàleg que us preguntarà com preferiu alternar entre les " +"disposicions de teclat llatines i no llatines." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:23 @@ -2646,8 +2624,8 @@ msgid "" "continent. <application>Mageia</application> will use this selection during " "the installation and for your installed system." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent al " -"vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " +"Seleccioneu la llengua preferida, desplegant primer la llista corresponent " +"al vostre continent. <application>Mageia</application> farà servir aquesta " "selecció durant la instal·lació i per al sistema instal·lat." #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2659,8 +2637,8 @@ msgid "" "difficult to add extra language support after installation." msgstr "" "Si és probable que us calguin diverses llengües instal·lades al sistema, " -"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " -" <guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " +"tant per un o diversos usuaris, hauríeu de fer servir el botó " +"<guibutton>Múltiples llengües</guibutton> i afegir-les ara. Serà difícil " "afegir-les un cop feta la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> @@ -2680,10 +2658,8 @@ msgid "" "marked as chosen in the multiple languages screen ." msgstr "" "Encara que trieu més d'una llengua, n'heu de triar una com a llengua de " -"preferència " -"a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a escollida a la " -"pantalla " -"de múltiples llengües." +"preferència a la pantalla de primera llengua. També es marcarà com a " +"escollida a la pantalla de múltiples llengües." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:51 @@ -2692,8 +2668,7 @@ msgid "" "it is advisable to install the language of your keyboard as well." msgstr "" "Si la llengua del vostre teclat no es correspon amb la llengua preferida, " -"llavors és " -"recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." +"llavors és recomanable instal·lar també la llengua del vostre teclat." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/selectLanguage.xml:57 @@ -2703,8 +2678,8 @@ msgid "" "language. Disabling UTF-8 applies to all installed languages." msgstr "" "Mageia té la codificació UTF-8 (Unicode) com a predeterminada. Es pot " -"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a " -"la vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " +"deshabilitar a la pantalla «múltiples llengües» si sabeu que no cal per a la " +"vostra llengua. La desactivació d'UTF-8 s'aplica a totes les llengües " "instal·lades." #. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2722,10 +2697,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select mouse" msgstr "Seleccioneu el ratolí" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 11 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! #. adding some "real" text now that we know the page shows up in the right place -#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot +#. marja 2012-04-24 adding screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/selectMouse.xml:16 msgid "" @@ -2758,8 +2733,9 @@ msgid "" "Select <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Force evdev</guilabel> to " "configure the buttons that do not work on a mouse with six or more buttons." msgstr "" -"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</guilabel> " -"per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis botons o més." +"Seleccioneu <guilabel>Universal</guilabel> - <guilabel>Força evdev</" +"guilabel> per a configurar els botons que no funcionen en un ratolí de sis " +"botons o més." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:5 @@ -2785,9 +2761,8 @@ msgid "" "and editing the screen that pops up on top of it." msgstr "" "Podeu afegir una entrada o modificar la que heu triat, prement el botó " -"adequat " -"a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i editant " -"la pantalla que hi apareix." +"adequat a la pantalla de <emphasis>Configuració de l'arrencada</emphasis> i " +"editant la pantalla que hi apareix." #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml:21 @@ -2832,8 +2807,8 @@ msgid "" "Editing other things can leave you with an unbootable system. Please don't " "just try something without knowing what you are doing." msgstr "" -"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. " -"No proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." +"L'edició d'altres coses us pot deixar amb un sistema que no pot arrencar. No " +"proveu altres coses si no sabeu què esteu fent." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:3 @@ -2841,7 +2816,7 @@ msgid "Bootloader main options" msgstr "Opcions principals del menú d'arrencada" # -#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. +#. 2012-08-12 Copied this page, setupBootloader.xml, from setupBootloaderBeginner.xml and REMOVED the string "Beginner" everywhere, except in this sentence. #. 2013-3-30 Removed refernce to bootloader expert page and suggest using grub2 where other grub2 systems exist #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:11 @@ -2871,10 +2846,8 @@ msgid "" "allow Mageia to create a new one." msgstr "" "Potser ja teniu un altre sistema operatiu a l'ordinador. En aquest cas, heu " -"de " -"decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " -"permetre a " -"Mageia que en creï un de nou." +"de decidir si voleu afegir Mageia al carregador d'arrencada existent, o bé " +"permetre a Mageia que en creï un de nou." #. type: Content of: <section><tip><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:26 @@ -2926,8 +2899,7 @@ msgid "" "the Summary page during installation." msgstr "" "Aquí la millor solució és fer servir el carregador d'arrencada GRUB2, que " -"està " -"disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." +"està disponible a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:56 @@ -2943,10 +2915,9 @@ msgid "" "bootloader install location." msgstr "" "Si decidiu fer servir un carregador d'arrencada existent llavors haureu de " -"pensar a " -"fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el botó de " -"<guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que us " -"permetrà canviar-ne la localització." +"pensar a fer ATURA a la pàgina de resum durant la instal·lació, i clicar el " +"botó de <guibutton>Configuració</guibutton> del carregador d'arrencada, que " +"us permetrà canviar-ne la localització." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:66 @@ -2955,9 +2926,8 @@ msgid "" "You must select the root partition that you chose during the partitioning " "phase earlier, e.g. sda7." msgstr "" -"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà " -"l'MBR existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la " -"fase " +"No seleccioneu un dispositiu, com ara «sda», o se sobreescriurà l'MBR " +"existent. Heu de seleccionar la partició arrel que heu triat durant la fase " "prèvia de particionament, per exemple sda7." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2975,8 +2945,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Aneu a tty2 amb Ctrl+Alt+F2 i escriviu <literal>df</literal> per a comprovar " "on és la partició <literal>/</literal> (root). Ctrl+Alt+F7 us torna a la " -"pantalla " -"d'instal·lació." +"pantalla d'instal·lació." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/setupBootloader.xml:81 @@ -2987,10 +2956,10 @@ msgid "" "add it automatically. See the documentation for the operating system in " "question." msgstr "" -"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada " -"ja existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " -"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada " -"en qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " +"El procediment exacte per a afegir Mageia a un carregador d'arrencada ja " +"existent està fora de l'abast d'aquesta ajuda, tot i que normalment " +"implicarà executar el programa d'instal·lació del carregador d'arrencada en " +"qüestió, que el detectarà i afegirà automàticament. Vegeu la documentació " "del sistema operatiu corresponent." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> @@ -3007,24 +2976,23 @@ msgid "" "guilabel>. This helps to maintain some free space." msgstr "" "Si l'espai de disc per a la partició <literal>/</literal> que conté " -"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat<" -"/guibutton> " -"i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</guilabel>. " -"Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." +"<literal>/tmp</literal> és molt limitat, cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</" +"guibutton> i marqueu la casella <guilabel>Neteja /tmp en cada arrencada</" +"guilabel>. Això ajudarà a mantenir espai lliure." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:11 msgid "Setup SCSI" msgstr "Configuració SCSI" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 -#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! -#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 -#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) -#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. -#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 02 +#. NEEDS TO BE REVIEWED! +#. JohnR - edited 2012-03-03 +#. SimonNZG has reviewed 2012-04-03 (changed editted to edited in JohnR's comment ;-) +#. barjac has re-reviewed and made some minor tweaks. Revisions incremented. +#. marja 2012-04-24 added screenshot #. marja 2012-04-25 replacing John's version 1.6 because that one was based on the -#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file +#. Mdv doc instead of on our setupSCSI file #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3042,10 +3010,8 @@ msgid "" "fail to recognise the drive." msgstr "" "DrakX acostuma a detectar correctament els discs durs. Amb alguns " -"controladors " -"SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els controladors " -"que " -"cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." +"controladors SCSI antics, potser no és capaç de determinar correctament els " +"controladors que cal fer servir, i per tant no pot reconèixer el disc." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:36 @@ -3053,8 +3019,7 @@ msgid "" "If this happens, you will need to manually tell Drakx which SCSI drive(s) " "you have." msgstr "" -"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els " -"discs SCSI." +"Si passa això, caldrà indicar manualment a DrakX quins són els discs SCSI." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/setupSCSI.xml:39 @@ -3067,7 +3032,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Sound Configuration" msgstr "Configuració del so" -#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 +#. Started by marja on 2013-12-07 #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/soundConfig.xml:17 msgid "" @@ -3084,8 +3049,8 @@ msgid "" "sound card is given, which will be the default driver if we have a default " "one." msgstr "" -"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador " -"ha triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." +"En aquesta pantalla es mostra el nom del controlador que l'instal·lador ha " +"triat per a la targeta de so, que serà el predeterminat si n'hi ha un." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:27 @@ -3096,12 +3061,12 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> tab and clicking on <guilabel>Sound " "Configuration</guilabel> at the top right of the screen." msgstr "" -"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i així, " -"si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu <command>" -"draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre de Control " -"de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i clicant a" -"<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta de la " -"pantalla." +"El controlador predeterminat hauria de funcionar sense problemes. Tot i " +"així, si després de la instal·lació trobeu algun problema, executeu " +"<command>draksound</command> o bé inicieu aquesta eina des de l'MCC (Centre " +"de Control de Mageia), triant la pestanya <guilabel>Maquinari</guilabel> i " +"clicant a<guilabel>Configuració del so</guilabel> a la part superior dreta " +"de la pantalla." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/soundConfig.xml:33 @@ -3110,10 +3075,10 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and then on <guibutton>Troubleshooting</" "guibutton> to find very useful advice about how to solve the problem." msgstr "" -"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», " -"cliqueu a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a " -"<guibutton>Solució de problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells " -"molt útils per a resoldre el problema." +"Llavors, a la pantalla de l'eina draksound o «Configuració del so», cliqueu " +"a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> i després a <guibutton>Solució de " +"problemes</guibutton> per a trobar consells molt útils per a resoldre el " +"problema." #. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title> #: en/soundConfig.xml:41 @@ -3129,8 +3094,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Clicar a <guibutton>Avançat</guibutton> en aquesta pantalla durant la " "instal·lació és útil si no hi ha cap controlador predeterminat i n'hi ha " -"diversos " -"de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " +"diversos de disponibles, però creieu que l'instal·lador n'ha seleccionat un " "d'equivocat." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3139,20 +3103,20 @@ msgid "" "In that case you can select a different driver after clicking on " "<guibutton>Let me pick any driver</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de " -"fer clic a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." +"En aquest cas podeu seleccionar un controlador diferent després de fer clic " +"a <guibutton>Deixa'm triar un controlador</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:4 msgid "Confirm hard disk to be formatted" msgstr "Confirmeu el disc dur que es formatarà" -#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 -#. test comment - johnr +#. Made by marja on 2012 04 03 +#. test comment - johnr #. 2012-04-24 marja - replaced "if you are not sure you selected the correct #. hard disk." with "if you are not sure about your choice", because I'm sure I -#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD -#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot +#. saw this help screen when I had only one HD +#. 2013-05-05 marja added screenshot #. type: Content of: <section><mediaobject> #: en/takeOverHdConfirm.xml:19 msgid "" @@ -3178,5 +3142,3 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Feu clic a <guibutton>Següent</guibutton> si esteu segur i voleu esborrar " "totes les particions, tots els sistemes operatius i totes les dades del disc." - - diff --git a/docs/installer/cs.po b/docs/installer/cs.po index bcb42587..36ee2674 100644 --- a/docs/installer/cs.po +++ b/docs/installer/cs.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-16 08:48+0000\n" "Last-Translator: jui <appukonrad@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Czech (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "" "application>, klikněte na tlačítko <guibutton>Poznámky k vydání </guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "cs" @@ -1123,17 +1124,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1141,12 +1170,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1154,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1162,7 +1191,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/de.po b/docs/installer/de.po index 6962f1c8..553ca917 100644 --- a/docs/installer/de.po +++ b/docs/installer/de.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 18:35+0000\n" "Last-Translator: latte <marc.lattemann@web.de>\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton><replaceable>Veröffentlichungshinweise</replaceable></guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "de" @@ -1402,17 +1403,45 @@ msgstr "" "an Megabytes erstellt werden" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation mit Hilfe von DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1423,12 +1452,12 @@ msgstr "" "Entscheidungen, die Sie währen der Installation treffen, ab." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1439,7 +1468,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1450,7 +1479,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/el.po b/docs/installer/el.po index 43bc02d5..2fe6404a 100644 --- a/docs/installer/el.po +++ b/docs/installer/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-10 06:27+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitrios Glentadakis <dglent@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <kde-i18n-el@kde.org>\n" @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "el" @@ -1385,17 +1386,45 @@ msgstr "" "Mb." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Εγκατάσταση με το DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1406,12 +1435,12 @@ msgstr "" "τις επιλογές που κάνετε κατά την εγκατάσταση." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1423,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1434,7 +1463,7 @@ msgstr "" "<link ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..41ff21d0 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/en/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,139 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='UTF-8'?><!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="en" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Installation with DrakX</title> + <publisher> + <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> + </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">The Official Documentation for Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> + <imageobject> + <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> + </imageobject> + </mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Installation with DrakX</title> + <publisher> + <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> + </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>February 2014</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> + +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> + <para><note> + <para>No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this + manual. Which screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the + choices you make while installing.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the + CC BY-SA 3.0 license + <link ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>.</para> + + <para>This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">Documentation Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual.</para> + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> --> + + <xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> + + <xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"></xi:include> --> + + <xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> + + <xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"></xi:include> --> + + <xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> --> + </article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/installer/eo.po b/docs/installer/eo.po index d5abb64e..c39a5e1e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/eo.po +++ b/docs/installer/eo.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-16 06:20+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Esperanto (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -93,7 +93,8 @@ msgstr "" "</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "eo" @@ -1304,17 +1305,45 @@ msgstr "" "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalado per DrakX-o" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\"></imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1324,12 +1353,12 @@ msgstr "" "vi vidos, dependas de via komputilo kaj viaj elektoj dum instalado." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1340,7 +1369,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1351,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/es.po b/docs/installer/es.po index f7177f0b..cc23cdbe 100644 --- a/docs/installer/es.po +++ b/docs/installer/es.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-20 16:26+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "" "haga click en <guibutton>Notas de versión</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "es" @@ -1368,17 +1369,45 @@ msgstr "" "megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalación con DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1388,12 +1417,12 @@ msgstr "" "dependerán de su hardware y las decisiones que tomó durante la instalación." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1404,7 +1433,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1415,7 +1444,7 @@ msgstr "" "www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/et.po b/docs/installer/et.po index e42dabb3..29634120 100644 --- a/docs/installer/et.po +++ b/docs/installer/et.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 18:46+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -87,7 +87,8 @@ msgstr "" "guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "et" @@ -1351,17 +1352,45 @@ msgstr "" "paarisarv." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Paigaldamine DrakX'i abil" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1372,12 +1401,12 @@ msgstr "" "langetatud valikutest." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1388,7 +1417,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1399,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/fr.po b/docs/installer/fr.po index cb442707..62e1f357 100644 --- a/docs/installer/fr.po +++ b/docs/installer/fr.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-26 00:31+0100\n" "Last-Translator: marja <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ msgstr "" "version.</guibutton>" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "fr" @@ -1385,17 +1386,45 @@ msgstr "" "de Mo." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation avec DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\"/" +"> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1406,12 +1435,12 @@ msgstr "" "vous faites." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1422,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1433,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/help.pot b/docs/installer/help.pot index e4d26cfe..ea8cbfda 100644 --- a/docs/installer/help.pot +++ b/docs/installer/help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "" @@ -1067,17 +1067,42 @@ msgid "Also make sure all partitions are created with an even number of megabyte msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1085,12 +1110,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link " @@ -1098,7 +1123,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link " "ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " @@ -1106,7 +1131,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " "ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " diff --git a/docs/installer/id.po b/docs/installer/id.po index a8b736ae..ddbecb90 100644 --- a/docs/installer/id.po +++ b/docs/installer/id.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:15+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" "klik pada tombol <guibutton>Catatan Rilis</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "id" @@ -1359,17 +1360,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Juga pastikan semua partisi dibuat dengan penomoran megabite." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalasi dengan DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1380,12 +1409,12 @@ msgstr "" "pilihan yang Anda buat saat menginstall." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1396,7 +1425,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1407,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/nl.po b/docs/installer/nl.po index 3ed46b8d..6b889426 100644 --- a/docs/installer/nl.po +++ b/docs/installer/nl.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-18 18:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" "nieuw is in deze versie van <application>Mageia</application>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "nl" @@ -1370,17 +1371,45 @@ msgstr "" "aantal megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installeren met DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1391,12 +1420,12 @@ msgstr "" "u tijdens het installeren maakt." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1407,7 +1436,7 @@ msgstr "" "by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1418,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr "" "href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/pl.po b/docs/installer/pl.po index b5e4b82d..734b2a99 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pl.po +++ b/docs/installer/pl.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-19 12:07+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Daniel Napora <napcok@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n" @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" "Kliknij <guibutton>Informacje na temat wydania</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "pl" @@ -1151,17 +1152,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalacja za pomocą DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1169,12 +1198,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1182,7 +1211,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1190,7 +1219,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po index b53a3ad2..52c5c748 100644 --- a/docs/installer/pt_BR.po +++ b/docs/installer/pt_BR.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 20:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Padula <padula1000@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/" @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "" "clique no botão <guibutton>Notas de Lançamento</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "pt_BR" @@ -1375,17 +1376,45 @@ msgstr "" "número par de megabytes." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalando com DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png\" align=\"center\" " +"> </imagedata> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1396,12 +1425,12 @@ msgstr "" "durante a instalação." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1412,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1423,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" "biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/ro.po b/docs/installer/ro.po index 76dee24b..71374491 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ro.po +++ b/docs/installer/ro.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-07 10:05+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -95,7 +95,8 @@ msgstr "" "application>, apăsați pe butonul <guibutton>Nota ediției</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ro" @@ -1373,17 +1374,45 @@ msgstr "" "megaocteți." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Instalare cu DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1394,12 +1423,12 @@ msgstr "" "instalării." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1410,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1421,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/ru.po b/docs/installer/ru.po index 0fae33ff..19ebc3b8 100644 --- a/docs/installer/ru.po +++ b/docs/installer/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-10 17:40+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <saikov.vb@gmail.com>\n" @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "" "application>, нажмите кнопку <guibutton>Заметки о выпуске</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "ru" @@ -1403,17 +1404,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Также следует создавать разделы только с чётным размером в мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Установка с помощью DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1424,12 +1453,12 @@ msgstr "" "выбранного вами варианта установки." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1441,7 +1470,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1452,7 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sl.po b/docs/installer/sl.po index fe7c2d9d..d6075cea 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sl.po +++ b/docs/installer/sl.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 19:12+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -91,7 +91,8 @@ msgstr "" "<guibutton>Opombe ob izdaji</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sl" @@ -1115,17 +1116,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Namestitev s programom DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1133,12 +1162,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1146,7 +1175,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1154,7 +1183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sq.po b/docs/installer/sq.po index afcdbffc..66eb4985 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sq.po +++ b/docs/installer/sq.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-20 14:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ard1t <ardit.dani@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Albanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -88,7 +88,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "en" @@ -1084,17 +1085,42 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1102,12 +1128,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1115,7 +1141,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1123,7 +1149,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/sv.po b/docs/installer/sv.po index 23b892f4..a02a091e 100644 --- a/docs/installer/sv.po +++ b/docs/installer/sv.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-11 12:34+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Kristoffer Grundströ <kristoffer.grundstrom1983@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -92,7 +92,8 @@ msgstr "" "application>, klicka på <guibutton>Noteringar för utgåva</guibutton>-knappen." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "sv" @@ -1287,17 +1288,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Installation med DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1308,12 +1337,12 @@ msgstr "" "du gör under installationen." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1324,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr "" "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1335,7 +1364,7 @@ msgstr "" "\">NeoDoc</link>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/tr.po b/docs/installer/tr.po index ca44aa22..31dff564 100644 --- a/docs/installer/tr.po +++ b/docs/installer/tr.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-09 01:42+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Atilla ÖNTAŞ <tarakbumba@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Mageia Turkish Translation Team <i18n-tr@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -90,7 +90,8 @@ msgstr "" "görmek için <guibutton>Sürüm Notları</guibutton> düğmesine tıklayın." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "tr" @@ -1362,17 +1363,45 @@ msgstr "" "olun." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "DrakX ile kurulum" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +#, fuzzy +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "" +"<imageobject> <imagedata align=\"center\" fileref=\"dx2-selectKeyboard.png" +"\" /> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1383,12 +1412,12 @@ msgstr "" "bağlıdır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1399,7 +1428,7 @@ msgstr "" "sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1410,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "CMS</link> yardımıyla hazırlanmıştır." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk.po b/docs/installer/uk.po index 03fa7bfe..e669eddb 100644 --- a/docs/installer/uk.po +++ b/docs/installer/uk.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # Copyright (C) 2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # -# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2012, 2013. +# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2012, 2013, 2014. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 21:23+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-08 18:52+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:45+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-17 08:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -89,7 +89,8 @@ msgstr "" "натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Нотатки щодо випуску</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 en/media_selection.xml:1 +#: en/add_supplemental_media.xml:2 en/DrakX-cover.xml:2 en/DrakX.xml:1 +#: en/media_selection.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "uk" @@ -1408,17 +1409,42 @@ msgstr "" "мегабайтах." #. type: Content of: <article><info><title> -#: en/DrakX.xml:3 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:4 en/DrakX-cover.xml:22 en/DrakX.xml:3 msgid "Installation with DrakX" msgstr "Встановлення за допомогою DrakX" +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:5 en/DrakX-cover.xml:23 +msgid "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" +msgstr "<publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher>" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><date> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:10 en/DrakX-cover.xml:28 +msgid "February 2014" +msgstr "Лютий 2014 року" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><info><revhistory><revision><revremark> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:11 en/DrakX-cover.xml:29 +msgid "Mageia 4" +msgstr "Mageia 4" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:15 +msgid "The Official Documentation for Mageia" +msgstr "Офіційна документація до Mageia" + +#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject> +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:17 +msgid "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" +msgstr "<imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"mageia-2013.png\"/> </imageobject>" + #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note> -#: en/DrakX.xml:6 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:42 en/DrakX.xml:6 msgid "<note>" msgstr "<note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para><note><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:7 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:43 en/DrakX.xml:7 msgid "" "No one will see all the installer screens that you see in this manual. Which " "screens you will see, depends on your hardware and the choices you make " @@ -1429,12 +1455,12 @@ msgstr "" "вибраного вами варіанта встановлення." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:10 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:46 en/DrakX.xml:10 msgid "</note>" msgstr "</note>" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:12 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:48 en/DrakX.xml:12 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " "3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" @@ -1445,7 +1471,7 @@ msgstr "" "licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:16 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:52 en/DrakX.xml:16 msgid "" "This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." "calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." @@ -1456,7 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "" "neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> -#: en/DrakX.xml:18 +#: en/DrakX-cover.xml:54 en/DrakX.xml:18 msgid "" "It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" "href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" diff --git a/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml new file mode 100644 index 00000000..aa53005a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/installer/uk/DrakX-cover.xml @@ -0,0 +1,155 @@ +<?xml version='1.0' encoding='utf-8'?> +<!-- Converted by db4-upgrade version 1.0 --> +<book xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" xmlns:ns6="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" xmlns:ns5="http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML" xmlns:ns4="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xmlns:ns3="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:ns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook" version="5.0" xml:lang="uk" xml:id="Quick-Startup"> + <info> + <title>Встановлення за допомогою DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Лютий 2014 року</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + <cover> + <para role="tagline">Офіційна документація до Mageia</para> + <mediaobject> +<imageobject> <imagedata fileref="mageia-2013.png"/> </imageobject></mediaobject> + <info> + <title>Встановлення за допомогою DrakX</title> + <publisher> <publishername>Mageia.org</publishername> </publisher> + <revhistory> + <revision> + <date>Лютий 2014 року</date> + <revremark>Mageia 4</revremark> + </revision> + </revhistory> + </info> + </cover> + </info> + <article> + + + + + + + <!-- 2013-01-03 removed link to choosePackages.xml, because there is no link to it in installer. link to setupX has been removed for the same reason, before--> +<!--2013-03-31 removed link to setupBootloaderBeginner.xml, because that page is no longer needed --> +<!--2013-05-10 hid includes for resizeFATchoose.xml and takeOverHdChoose.xml, because since over a year ago, no one in docteam managed to make a screenshot of those installer screens. They seem to already have been obsoleted in Mandriva --> +<!--2013-05-10 put ask_mntpoint_s.xml before takeOverHdConfirm.xml, to better reflect the order in which the links to them appear in doPartitionDisks.xml --> +<!--2013-12-08 add soundConfig.xml --> +<para><note> + <para>Всі сторінки, описані у цьому підручнику побачити одразу неможливо. Набір +сторінок, які ви побачите залежить від набору обладнання у вашій системі та +вибраного вами варіанта встановлення.</para> + </note></para> + + <para>Текст та знімки вікон у цьому підручнику надаються вам відповідно до умов +ліцензування CC BY-SA 3.0, <link +ns6:href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>ю</para> + + <para>Цей підручник було створено за допомогою <link +ns6:href="http://www.calenco.com">Calenco CMS</link>, розробленої компанією +<link ns6:href="http://www.neodoc.biz">NeoDoc</link>.</para> + + <para>Підручник було написано охочими до цього користувачами у вільний від +основної роботи час. Будь ласка, зверніться до <link +ns6:href="https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team">команди +документування</link>, якщо хочете допомогти у покращенні цього підручника.</para> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="drakx-intro.xml"/> + --> +<xi:include href="installer.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectLanguage.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="acceptLicense.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupSCSI.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectInstallClass.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="selectKeyboard.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="doPartitionDisks.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="resizeFATChoose.xml"/> + + + <xi:include href="takeOverHdChoose.xml"/> --> +<xi:include href="ask_mntpoint_s.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="takeOverHdConfirm.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="diskdrake.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="formatPartitions.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="add_supplemental_media.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="media_selection.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="chooseDesktop.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackageGroups.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="minimal-install.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="choosePackagesTree.xml"></xi:include> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setRootPassword.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="addUser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_chooser.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_card_list.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="configureX_monitor.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloader.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="setupBootloaderAddEntry.xml"/> + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="setupYabootGeneral.xml"> +</xi:include> + + <xi:include href="setupYabootAddEntry.xml"></xi:include> + + <xi:include href="summary.xml"></xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="misc-params.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="configureTimezoneUTC.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectCountry.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="configureServices.xml"></xi:include> + +<xi:include href="selectMouse.xml"/> + +<xi:include href="soundConfig.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="securityLevel.xml"></xi:include> + + + + + <!-- <xi:include href="configureNetwork.xml"> +</xi:include> --> +<xi:include href="installUpdates.xml"/> + + <xi:include href="exitInstall.xml"/> + + + <!--STILL TO BE WRITTEN: <xi:include xmlns:xi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XInclude" href="uninstall-Mageia.xml"/> + --> +</article> +</book> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po index 5d4492a5..0b2912ec 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ca.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ca.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-21 16:40+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Francesc Pinyol Margalef <francesc.pinyol.m@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <>\n" @@ -329,11 +329,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/de.po b/docs/mcc-help/de.po index 3c5367bf..7e96a127 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/de.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/de.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-02 14:14+0000\n" "Last-Translator: jonas2790\n" "Language-Team: German (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -356,11 +356,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/el.po b/docs/mcc-help/el.po index 66b700b1..dc2a6a4f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/el.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/el.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-26 19:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Dimitris Tsiamasiotis <dtsiamasiotis@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <i18n-el@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -346,11 +346,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml index a0b01548..6dc1f96a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml +++ b/docs/mcc-help/en/diskdrake--nfs.xml @@ -74,11 +74,11 @@ </imageobject> </mediaobject> - <para>On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will + <para>On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, a message will displayed, asking "Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for - example in dolphin.</para> + example in Dolphin.</para> <mediaobject> <imageobject> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/et.po b/docs/mcc-help/et.po index 376e9c27..0ce0a459 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/et.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/et.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Installer Help\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-31 15:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Marek Laane <bald@smail.ee>\n" "Language-Team: Estonian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -401,12 +401,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Seadistuse kinnitamise järel klõpsuga nupule \"Tehtud\" ilmub küsimus: \"Kas " "salvestada /etc/fstab muudatused?\" Salvestamise korral muutub kataloog " @@ -7262,9 +7263,9 @@ msgid "" "for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two " "approaches:" msgstr "" -"Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi " -"msec graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet " -"kahel moel:" +"Tööriist msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> on programmi msec " +"graafiline kasutajaliides, mis võimaldab seadistada süsteemi turvet kahel " +"moel:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 @@ -7292,10 +7293,10 @@ msgid "" "enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your " "own customised security levels." msgstr "" -"Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need tasemed " -"hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal analüüsitakse " -"süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia ette, aga neid " -"saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada." +"Programm msec kasutab niinimetatud turbetasemete kontseptsiooni. Need " +"tasemed hõlmavad teatavat süsteemsete õiguste kogumit, mille põhjal " +"analüüsitakse süsteemis toimuvaid muutusi. Mõningad tasemed annab Mageia " +"ette, aga neid saab oma soovi kohaselt muuta ja kohandada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:45 @@ -7313,8 +7314,8 @@ msgid "" "The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a " "button on the right side to configure them:" msgstr "" -"Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest " -"paremal asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:" +"Esimesel kaardil on ära toodud eri turbetööriistade loetelu, millest paremal " +"asuvad nupud nende seadistamiseks:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:54 @@ -7333,8 +7334,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:64 msgid "msec itself with some information:" -msgstr "" -"Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:" +msgstr "Msec ise koos mõninga teabega:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:68 @@ -7366,8 +7366,8 @@ msgid "" "A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</" "guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below." msgstr "" -"Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</" -"guibutton> avab allnähtava akna." +"Klõps teisele sakile või nupule Turve -> <guibutton>Seadista</guibutton> " +"avab allnähtava akna." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:94 @@ -7427,10 +7427,10 @@ msgstr "" "Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis> on vaikimisi rakendatav " "seadistus, mida kasutatakse paigaldamisel, kui paigaldaja ei vali midagi " "muud. See tavalisele kasutajale sobiv tase sisaldab mõningaid süsteemsete " -"seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis otsivad " -"muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide õigustes, mis " -"võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane mseci " -"varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)" +"seadistuste piiranguid ning käivitab igapäevased turbekontrollid, mis " +"otsivad muudatusi süsteemsetes failides ja kontodes ning kataloogide " +"õigustes, mis võivad anda võimaluse halba korda saata. (See tase on sarnane " +"mseci varasemate versioonide tasemetega 2 ja 3.)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 @@ -7441,11 +7441,11 @@ msgid "" "the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and " "5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)." msgstr "" -"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui soovite, " -"et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. Süsteemi " -"seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on rohkem. Lisaks " -"piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci varasemate " -"versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)" +"Tase <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis> on mõeldud selleks, kui " +"soovite, et süsteem oleks tõeliselt turvaline, aga siiski veel kasutatav. " +"Süsteemi seadistusi piiratakse veelgi ning perioodilisi kontrollegi on " +"rohkem. Lisaks piiratakse ligipääsu süsteemile. (See tase on sarnane mseci " +"varasemate versioonide tasemetega 4 (kõrge) ja 5 (paranoiline).)" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:140 @@ -7458,8 +7458,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Lisaks mainitud tasemetele pakutakse veel mitmeid eesmärgipõhiseid " "turbetasemeid, näiteks <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</emphasis>, " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">" -"netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada " +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">netbook</emphasis>. Nende puhul üritatakse süsteemi turve seadistada " "vastavalt levinumatele kasutusjuhtumitele." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7469,9 +7469,10 @@ msgid "" "and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security " "levels but rather tools for periodic checks only." msgstr "" -"Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> " -"ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole õigupoolest päris " -"turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste kontrollide tarbeks." +"Viimased kaks taset nimetustega <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </" +"emphasis> ja <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> ei ole " +"õigupoolest päris turbetasemed, vaid pigem ainult tööriistad perioodiliste " +"kontrollide tarbeks." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 @@ -7483,12 +7484,12 @@ msgid "" "intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system " "configuration." msgstr "" -"Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<tasemenimi></" -"filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud turbetaseme, " -"salvestades selle failina <filename>level.<tasemenimi></filename> kataloogis " -"<filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus on mõistagi mõeldud " -"väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused süsteemi turvet enda " -"käe järgi kohendada." +"Tasemed salvestatakse faili <filename>etc/security/msec/level.<" +"tasemenimi></filename>. Soovi korral võib paika panna omaenda kohandatud " +"turbetaseme, salvestades selle failina <filename>level.<tasemenimi></" +"filename> kataloogis <filename>etc/security/msec/.</filename> See võimalus " +"on mõistagi mõeldud väga kogenud kasutajatele, kellel on oma vajadused " +"süsteemi turvet enda käe järgi kohendada." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:165 @@ -7496,8 +7497,8 @@ msgid "" "Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default " "level settings." msgstr "" -"Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse " -"enne vaiketaseme määratlusi." +"Pidage kindlasti silmas, et kasutaja muudetud parameetreid arvestatakse enne " +"vaiketaseme määratlusi." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:170 @@ -7518,11 +7519,10 @@ msgstr "" "Kui märkida ära kastike <guibutton>Turbehoiatuste saatmine e-postiga:</" "guibutton>, saadetakse mseci loodud turbehoiatused kohalikule e-posti " "aadressile turbeadministraatorile, kelle nimi tuleb kirja panna kõrval " -"asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või " -"täieliku e-posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult " -"seadistatud kohalik e-post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta " -"turbehoiatusi näidata otse töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida " -"vastav kastike." +"asuval väljal. Sinna võib kirjutada kas kohaliku kasutajanime või täieliku e-" +"posti aadressi (selle huvides peavad olema vajalikult seadistatud kohalik e-" +"post ja e-posti haldur). Samuti võib lasta turbehoiatusi näidata otse " +"töölaual, milleks tuleb ära märkida vastav kastike." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:182 @@ -7552,11 +7552,11 @@ msgid "" "security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the " "options." msgstr "" -"Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma " -"käe järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just " -"neid valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab " -"nii kehtivat turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest." +"Kohandatud taseme loomine ei ole ainuke viis sättida arvuti turvet oma käe " +"järgi: samamoodi võib kasutada tööriista eri kaarte, et muuta just neid " +"valikuid, mida vaja. Mseci kehtiv seadistus on salvestatud faili <filename>/" +"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. See sisaldab nii kehtivat " +"turbetaseme nime kui ka loetelu kõigist muudetud valikutest." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:199 @@ -7570,8 +7570,8 @@ msgid "" "description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side " "column." msgstr "" -"Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus " -"selle kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust." +"Sellel kaardil võib näha vasakus veerus turbevalikut, keskmises veerus selle " +"kirjeldust ja paremas veerus kehtivat väärtust." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:207 @@ -7587,10 +7587,10 @@ msgid "" "selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the " "choice." msgstr "" -"Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus " -"aken (vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, " -"kehtiv ja vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. " -"Klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada." +"Mõne valiku muutmiseks tehke sellel topeltklõps, mille järel ilmub uus aken " +"(vt pilti allpool). Selles on näha valiku nimi, lühike kirjeldus, kehtiv ja " +"vaikeväärtus ning ripploend, milles saab valida uue väärtuse. Klõpsuga " +"nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> saab muudatuse kinnitada." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:219 @@ -7654,10 +7654,10 @@ msgid "" "if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is " "checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs." msgstr "" -"Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide " -"lubamine</guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid " -"perioodilisi kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha " -"samamoodi nagu eespool kirjeldatud kaartidel." +"Kui märkida kastike <guibutton>Perioodiliste turbekontrollide lubamine</" +"guibutton>, näeb sellel kaardil kõiki mseci sooritatavaid perioodilisi " +"kontrolle ja nende sagedust. Muudatusi saab siin teha samamoodi nagu eespool " +"kirjeldatud kaartidel." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:264 @@ -7681,8 +7681,8 @@ msgstr "" "Mõnikord käivad hoiatused hästi teada ja soovitud olukorra kohta. Sel juhul " "ei ole neil tegelikult mõtet ja nad vaid raiskavad administraatori aega. " "Sellel kaardil saab luua nii palju erandeid kui vaja, et vältida tarbetuid " -"turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. Allpool " -"oleval pildil on näha neli erandit." +"turbehoiatusi. Enesest mõista on see kaart mseci esmakäivitusel tühi. " +"Allpool oleval pildil on näha neli erandit." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:280 @@ -7693,7 +7693,8 @@ msgstr "msecgui6.png" #: en/msecgui.xml:284 msgid "" "To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button" -msgstr "Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>." +msgstr "" +"Erandi loomiseks tuleb klõpsata nupule <guibutton>Lisa reegel</guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/msecgui.xml:289 @@ -7709,11 +7710,11 @@ msgid "" "you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of " "the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK." msgstr "" -"Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</guilabel> " -"ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi lisamine " -"ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada <guilabel>erandite</guilabel> " -"kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</guibutton>, samuti võib seda " -"topeltklõpsuga muuta." +"Valige vajalik perioodiline kontroll ripploendist <guilabel>Kontroll</" +"guilabel> ja kirjutage erand tekstikasti <guilabel>Erand</guilabel>. Erandi " +"lisamine ei ole mõistagi midagi jäävat: selle võib kustutada " +"<guilabel>erandite</guilabel> kaardil klõpsuga nupule <guibutton>Kustuta</" +"guibutton>, samuti võib seda topeltklõpsuga muuta." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title> #: en/msecgui.xml:303 @@ -7825,9 +7826,9 @@ msgid "" "the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them." msgstr "" "Muudatuste jõustamiseks klõpsake nupule <guibutton>Olgu</guibutton> ning " -"kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi salvestamast " -"menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui olete " -"seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle " +"kindlasti ärge unustage enne tööriistast väljumist kõiki muudatusi " +"salvestamast menüükäsuga <guimenu>Fail -> Salvesta seadistus</guimenu>. Kui " +"olete seadistusi muutnud, annab msecgui võimaluse need enne salvestamist üle " "vaadata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para> @@ -7836,8 +7837,8 @@ msgid "" "It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the " "configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>." msgstr "" -"Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili " -"<filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides." +"Reegleid võib samuti luua või muuta seadistustefaili <filename>/etc/security/" +"msec/perms.conf</filename> redigeerides." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:356 @@ -7852,11 +7853,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Õiguste kaardil</emphasis> (või otse " "seadistustefailis) tehtud muudatusi võetakse arvesse esimesel perioodilisel " -"kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">perioodiliste kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid " -"kohe arvestataks, kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. " -"Eelnevalt võib anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida " -"msecperms muudab." +"kontrollil (vt valikut CHECK_PERMS <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste " +"kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>). Kui soovite, et neid kohe arvestataks, " +"kasutage käsureal administraatori õigustes käsku msecperms. Eelnevalt võib " +"anda käsu msecperms -p, millega saab teada õigused, mida msecperms muudab." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:363 @@ -7869,9 +7869,9 @@ msgid "" "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>." msgstr "" "Pange kindlasti tähele, et kui muudate õigusi käsureal või failihalduris, " -"siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</emphasis> " -"ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, kirjutab " -"msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele " +"siis faili puhul, millel on <emphasis role=\"bold\">õiguste kaardil</" +"emphasis> ära märgitud kastike <guilabel>Jõuga kehtestamine</guilabel>, " +"kirjutab msecgui mõne aja pärast vanad õigused tagasi vastavalt valikutele " "CHECK_PERMS ja CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE <emphasis role=\"bold\">perioodiliste " "kontrollide kaardil</emphasis>." @@ -10025,9 +10025,9 @@ msgid "" "If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " "use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" -"Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku " -"kasutada omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi " -"(näiteks ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)." +"Kui olete valinud vaba draiveri, võib süsteem teha ettepaneku kasutada " +"omanduslikku draiverit, millel on tihtipeale rohkem võimalusi (näiteks " +"ruumiliste efektide kasutamine)." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:45 @@ -10144,8 +10144,8 @@ msgid "" "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga " -"Te soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik " +"Kui test nurjub, oodake lihtsalt selle lõpuni. Kui see on edukas, aga Te " +"soovite siiski midagi muuta, klõpsake <guibutton>Ei</guibutton>. Kui kõik " "sobib, klõpsake <guibutton role=\"bold\">Olgu</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po index 00a10b6f..e4c71a0f 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/fr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/fr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-04 21:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dune <dune06@free.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -414,12 +414,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Après l'acceptation de la configuration en cliquant sur le bouton " "<guibutton>Terminé</guibutton> un message apparaît pour demander \"Désirez " diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/id.po b/docs/mcc-help/id.po index 172e807a..195416af 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/id.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/id.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-11 14:51+0000\n" "Last-Translator: kiki.syahadat <kiki.syahadat@yahoo.co.id>\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/" @@ -405,12 +405,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Saat menerima konfigurasi dengan tombol Selesai, sebuah pesan ditampilkan, " "menanyakan \"Apakah Anda ingin menyimpan perubahan /etc/fstab\". Ini akan " diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po index a2f5b900..401d69af 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/it.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-12-24 17:14+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-09 11:09+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Matteo Pasotti <matteo@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <i18n-discuss@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" "Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root." @@ -48,12 +48,15 @@ msgid "" "Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure " "WebDAV shares</guilabel>." msgstr "" -"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel Centro " -"di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato <guilabel>" -"Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." +"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel " +"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato " +"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 en/system-config-printer.xml:21 +#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21 +#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17 +#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduzione" @@ -68,11 +71,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un " "protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, " -"così che questo " -"appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la macchina remota abbia " -"in esecuzione un " -"server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo strumento non è quello di configurare il " -"server WebDAV." +"così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la " +"macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo " +"strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40 @@ -83,13 +84,12 @@ msgstr "Crea una nuova voce" #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42 msgid "" "The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if " -"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new " -"entry. Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." +"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. " +"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen." msgstr "" "La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se " "presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una " -"nuova " -"voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." +"nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46 @@ -101,12 +101,10 @@ msgid "" "it, if needed." msgstr "" "Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare " -"alcune azioni. Continua " -"con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> cliccando <guibutton>OK<" -"/guibutton> dopo aver " -"selezionato il pulsante radio, in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è " -"già configurato. Potrai comunque correggerlo, " -"se necessario." +"alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> " +"cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, " +"in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai " +"comunque correggerlo, se necessario." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54 @@ -129,8 +127,8 @@ msgid "" "options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen." msgstr "" "Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se " -"necessiti altre opzioni, " -"puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</guibutton>." +"necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</" +"guibutton>." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67 @@ -149,24 +147,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74 msgid "" -"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button " -"<guibutton>Done</guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new " -"mount point is listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are " -"asked whether or not to save the modifications in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose this option if you want that the " -"remote directory is available at each boot. If your configuration is for " -"one-time usage, do not save it." +"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</" +"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and you new mount point is " +"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether " +"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose " +"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. " +"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it." msgstr "" "Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio " -"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente ed " -"il tuo nuovo " -"punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto <guibutton>Chiudi<" -"/guibutton>, ti viene " -"chiesto se salvare o non salvare le modifiche in " -"<emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi che la " -"directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua configurazione vale " -"per " -"un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." +"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente " +"ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto " +"<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le " +"modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi " +"che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua " +"configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3 @@ -186,11 +180,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15 @@ -200,12 +194,11 @@ msgid "" "subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have " "computers running either Linux or Windows operating system." msgstr "" -"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente a " -"te, " -"amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle proprie " -"sottodirectory " -"in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale che potrebbero avere " -"computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o Windows." +"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente " +"a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle " +"proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale " +"che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o " +"Windows." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20 @@ -214,8 +207,7 @@ msgid "" "\"Share your hard disk partitions\"." msgstr "" "Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, " -"etichettata " -"\"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." +"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23 @@ -230,18 +222,14 @@ msgid "" "created by the system. You will be asked about this later." msgstr "" "Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di " -"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su <guibutton>" -"Nessuna " -"condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti gli utenti, clicca su " -"<guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per tutti gli utenti e " -"clicca su " -"<guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la risposta è no per alcuni utenti e " -"sì per " -"altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere " -"le proprie " -"directory devono appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente " -"creato dal sistema. Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo " -"aspetto." +"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su " +"<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti " +"gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per " +"tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la " +"risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli " +"utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono " +"appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. " +"Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32 @@ -254,12 +242,11 @@ msgid "" "required packages will be installed if necessary." msgstr "" "Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà " -"proponendoti " -"di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. " -"Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema operativo sulla " -"rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include sia macchine " -"Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. I " -"pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." +"proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</" +"guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema " +"operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include " +"sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</" +"guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39 @@ -273,15 +260,12 @@ msgid "" "about Userdrake, see <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">this page</link>" msgstr "" "La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione " -"Personalizzato. " -"In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare Userdrake. " -"Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati a " -"condividere " -"le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, clicca " -"sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, " -"quindi su <guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il " -"gruppo fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori " -"informazioni " +"Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare " +"Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati " +"a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, " +"clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su " +"<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo " +"fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni " "su Userdrake, guarda <link ns2:href=\"userdrake.xml\">questa pagina</link>" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -301,13 +285,12 @@ msgid "" "have this facility." msgstr "" "D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare " -"nel suo " -"gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i gestori di " -"file " -"forniscono questa funzionalità." +"nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i " +"gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità." #. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section> -#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 +#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/mcc-network.xml:1 en/MCC.xml:1 +#: en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1 msgid "en" msgstr "" @@ -334,11 +317,11 @@ msgstr "." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24 @@ -346,9 +329,9 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare " "some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The " "protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix " -"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at " -"boot. Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session " -"for a user with tools such as file browsers." +"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. " +"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a " +"user with tools such as file browsers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -363,8 +346,7 @@ msgid "" "which share directories." msgstr "" "Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei " -"server " -"che condividono directory." +"server che condividono directory." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41 @@ -373,8 +355,7 @@ msgid "" "shared directories and select the directory you want to access." msgstr "" "Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista " -"delle " -"directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." +"delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47 @@ -388,15 +369,13 @@ msgid "" "to specify where to mount the directory." msgstr "" "Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e " -"dovrai " -"specificare dove montare la directory." +"dovrai specificare dove montare la directory." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56 msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png" msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60 msgid "" @@ -405,8 +384,8 @@ msgid "" "mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button." msgstr "" "Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e " -"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. Dopo " -"aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." +"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. " +"Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67 @@ -421,11 +400,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -451,8 +430,8 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -472,8 +451,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22 msgid "" "At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and " -"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change " -"them. Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " +"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. " +"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> " "button." msgstr "" @@ -526,8 +505,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -601,15 +580,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png" msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png" msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png" - #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76 msgid "" "After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask " "\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow " "directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The " -"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in " -"dolphin." +"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -635,8 +612,8 @@ msgstr "drak3d.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drak3d.xml:18 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -665,10 +642,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you " "can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or " -"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a " -"composite/window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special " -"effects for your desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn " -"it on." +"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/" +"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your " +"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -676,8 +652,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of " "Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be " -"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the " -"<guibutton>Ok</guibutton> button to continue." +"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</" +"guibutton> button to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -750,8 +726,8 @@ msgstr "drakauth.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakauth.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -787,8 +763,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot--boot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:15 en/drakboot--boot.xml:126 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot --boot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -819,20 +795,20 @@ msgid "" "In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible to " "choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub or Lilo, and " "with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question of taste, there are " -"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot " -"device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The " -"boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can " -"prevent you machine from booting." +"no other consequences. You can also set the <guibutton>Boot device</" +"guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you are an expert. The boot " +"device is where the bootloader is installed and any modification can prevent " +"you machine from booting." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 msgid "" "In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set " -"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in " -"seconds. During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available " -"operating systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is " -"made, the bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." +"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. " +"During this delay, grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating " +"systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " +"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -883,8 +859,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:66 msgid "" -"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local " -"APIC:</guibutton>" +"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" +"guibutton>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -997,8 +973,8 @@ msgstr "drakboot.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1025,10 +1001,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot.xml:28 msgid "" -"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system " -"starts</guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the " -"boot. If not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be " -"possible to launch the graphic interface manually." +"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</" +"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If " +"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible " +"to launch the graphic interface manually." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1055,8 +1031,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug_report.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1258,10 +1234,10 @@ msgid "" "At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this " "command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to " "our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" " -"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > " -"journalctl.txt</emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, " -"for instance, take the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." +"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</" +"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take " +"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -1282,8 +1258,8 @@ msgstr "drakbug.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakbug.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1299,10 +1275,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakbug.xml:21 msgid "" "If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, " -"then please read <link " -"xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How " -"to report a bug report properly</link> before clicking on the \"Report\" " -"button." +"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/" +"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> " +"before clicking on the \"Report\" button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1331,17 +1306,17 @@ msgstr "drakclock.png" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab " -"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and " -"time\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a " -"right click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." +"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time" +"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right " +"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1352,20 +1327,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:23 msgid "" -"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. On the screenshot above, the date is " -"September (on the upper left), 2012 (on the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) " -"and it is a Sunday. Select the month (or year) by clicking on the little " -"arrows on each side of September (or 2012). Select the day by clicking on " -"its number." +"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. " +"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on " +"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month " +"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or " +"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakclock.xml:29 msgid "" -"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time " -"Protocol</emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on " -"time by synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " +"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</" +"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by " +"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time " "Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server." msgstr "" @@ -1413,15 +1387,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12 msgid "" -"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -1456,8 +1430,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -1552,8 +1526,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599 msgid "" "the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server " -"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP " -"address. This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." +"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. " +"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1581,20 +1555,20 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your service provider's website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service " +"provider's website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:126 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be " -"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define " -"this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need " +"this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -1603,7 +1577,9 @@ msgid "drakconnect30.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 en/drakconnect.xml:780 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:780 msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -1613,12 +1589,12 @@ msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> -#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 +#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136 +#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203 msgid "" "This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -1669,12 +1645,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:263 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your " -"computer is called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is " -"\"splash.boatanchor.net\", the Search Domain would be " -"\"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need it, it's ok not to define " -"this setting. Again, domestic connection would not need this setting." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is " +"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", " +"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need " +"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not " +"need this setting." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -1698,8 +1674,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1785,8 +1761,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:375 msgid "" -"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and " -"manufacturer. Select your card." +"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. " +"Select your card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1803,9 +1779,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:395 msgid "" "A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave " -"you. Then it is asked for parameters:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is " +"asked for parameters:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -1974,12 +1950,12 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:561 msgid "" "<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are " -"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained " -"below. In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The " -"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is " -"specified, the name localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The " -"Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option " -"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>" +"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. " +"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of " +"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name " +"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be " +"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from " +"DHCP server</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2006,17 +1982,17 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:625 msgid "" "For a residential network, the IP address always looks like " -"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is " -"<emphasis>255.255.255.0</emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are " -"available from your providers website." +"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</" +"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers " +"website." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakconnect.xml:630 msgid "" -"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search " -"domain</emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, " -"before the period." +"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</" +"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the " +"period." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2089,9 +2065,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakconnect.xml:729 msgid "" "A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your " -"provider. If it is not listed, select the option " -"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel> and then enter the options your provider " -"gave. Then it is asked for Dialup options:" +"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</" +"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked " +"for Dialup options:" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2238,8 +2214,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakconsole.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2268,9 +2244,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakdisk.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> " +"as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -2279,8 +2255,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny " "error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a " "partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll " -"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on " -"<emphasis>Exit</emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." +"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</" +"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2301,10 +2277,9 @@ msgid "" "You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your " "preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, " "resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a " -"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear " -"all</guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete " -"disk, the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a " -"partition." +"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</" +"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, " +"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2370,8 +2345,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2385,9 +2360,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakedm.xml:24 msgid "" -"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look " -"different. However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM " -"is a lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." +"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. " +"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a " +"lightweight display manager, KDM and GDM have more extras." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2408,8 +2383,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfirewall.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2537,8 +2512,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakfont.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2612,10 +2587,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The " "supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select " -"the fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> " -"when done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the " +"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when " +"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -2643,21 +2618,21 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental " -"Control</guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the " -"drakguard package (not installed by default)." +"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</" +"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard " +"package (not installed by default)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> -#: en/drakguard.xml:21 +#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19 msgid "Presentation" msgstr "" @@ -2686,10 +2661,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/drakguard.xml:40 msgid "" -"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through " -"blacklists/whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the " -"website. To achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental " -"control blocker DansGuardian." +"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/" +"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To " +"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker " +"DansGuardian." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -2831,8 +2806,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakgw.xml:48 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -2942,8 +2917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/drakgw.xml:125 msgid "" "If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch " -"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the " -"sharing." +"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -2964,15 +2938,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakhosts.xml:14 msgid "" -"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed " -"IP-addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " +"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-" +"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to " "specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name " "instead of the IP-address." msgstr "" @@ -3018,19 +2992,22 @@ msgid "drakinvictus.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12 en/msecgui.xml:12 +#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12 +#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:12 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12 +#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:12 +#: en/drakxservices.xml:12 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc " -"team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakinvictus.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3051,8 +3028,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3102,10 +3079,10 @@ msgid "" "first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder " "type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows " -"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network " -"types, the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " +"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type=" +"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, " +"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not " "connected." msgstr "" @@ -3113,14 +3090,14 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draknetcenter.xml:62 msgid "" "In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected " -"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal " -"strengh</guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and " -"the <guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then " -"either on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> " -"or <guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network " -"to another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings " -"window (see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption " -"key in particular)." +"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</" +"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the " +"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either " +"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or " +"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to " +"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window " +"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in " +"particular)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3163,8 +3140,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:102 msgid "" -"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic " -"accounting</guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." +"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</" +"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -3185,8 +3162,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:118 msgid "" -"It is possible to change all the settings given during network " -"creation. Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " +"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. " +"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> " "<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual " "configuration may give better results." msgstr "" @@ -3212,8 +3189,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draknetcenter.xml:133 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network " -"Manager:</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:" +"</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3320,8 +3297,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draknetprofile.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3347,8 +3324,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:27 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -3475,9 +3452,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:103 msgid "" -"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root " -"squashing. This option is mainly useful for diskless clients " -"(no_root_squash)." +"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. " +"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> @@ -3578,8 +3554,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para> #: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229 msgid "" -"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration " -"files." +"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -3600,8 +3575,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakproxy.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3649,11 +3624,6 @@ msgid "" "below)." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para><note> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:25 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:17 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:32 en/XFdrake.xml:36 en/XFdrake.xml:75 en/XFdrake.xml:89 -msgid "<note>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:26 msgid "" @@ -3664,16 +3634,11 @@ msgid "" "the i586 and the x86_64 media." msgstr "" -#. type: Content of: <section><para> -#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:31 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:21 en/MageiaUpdate.xml:40 en/XFdrake.xml:79 -msgid "</note>" -msgstr "" - #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:35 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -3870,8 +3835,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's " "too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the " -"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them " -"out. Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " +"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. " +"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose " "between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the " "<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by " "clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:" @@ -3923,9 +3888,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:182 msgid "" -"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed\" " -"(always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to define " -"the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " +"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed" +"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to " +"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by " "default-, update only, always or never)." msgstr "" @@ -3939,9 +3904,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate " "the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the " -"window that appear, select a medium and then click on " -"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click " -"on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." +"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</" +"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on " +"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para> @@ -4011,8 +3976,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:53 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis " -"role=\"bold\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold" +"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4117,8 +4082,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksambashare.xml:137 msgid "" "The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the " -"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in " -"<code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." +"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/" +"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4172,10 +4137,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/draksambashare.xml:184 msgid "" -"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the " -"<guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether " -"the directory is visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share " -"name can not be modified." +"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</" +"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is " +"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be " +"modified." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -4229,7 +4194,10 @@ msgid "draksambashare17.png" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot> -#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157 en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187 en/rpmdrake.xml:222 +#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:42 en/rpmdrake.xml:147 en/rpmdrake.xml:157 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:167 en/rpmdrake.xml:177 en/rpmdrake.xml:187 +#: en/rpmdrake.xml:222 msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" @@ -4269,8 +4237,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksec.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4335,16 +4303,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration " -"tools</guilabel> section." +"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</" +"guilabel> section." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4359,9 +4327,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31 msgid "" "Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the " -"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable " -"Backups</guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, " -"<guilabel>Backup the whole system</guilabel>." +"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</" +"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the " +"whole system</guilabel>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4371,11 +4339,10 @@ msgid "" "<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the " "<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to " "the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and " -"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the " -"<guilabel>Exclude</guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from " -"the chosen directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> " -"be included in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you " -"are done." +"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</" +"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen " +"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included " +"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4383,8 +4350,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the " "<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted " -"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">/run/media/your_user_name/</emphasis>." +"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/" +"your_user_name/</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4410,8 +4377,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/draksound.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4433,8 +4400,7 @@ msgstr "" #: en/draksound.xml:23 msgid "" "The drop down list called <guilabel>Driver</guilabel> allows you to select a " -"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound " -"card." +"driver from all the ones available on the computer that match the sound card." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -4513,8 +4479,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakups.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4535,8 +4501,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakvpn.xml:19 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -4649,8 +4615,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4671,8 +4637,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4693,8 +4659,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4715,8 +4681,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4794,8 +4760,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4816,8 +4782,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4838,8 +4804,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4860,8 +4826,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakxservices.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -4882,8 +4848,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/harddrake2.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -4892,8 +4858,8 @@ msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of " "the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job " "to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command " -"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in " -"<code>ldetect-lst</code> package." +"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-" +"lst</code> package." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -4992,17 +4958,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19 msgid "" "The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you " -"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on " -"Mageia. It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can " -"be found in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " +"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. " +"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found " +"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled " "\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"." msgstr "" @@ -5049,8 +5015,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/localedrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5130,16 +5096,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia " -"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system " -"logs</guilabel>\"." +"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</" +"guilabel>\"." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -5150,18 +5116,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:24 msgid "" -"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to " -"<emphasis>do not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field " -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) " -"to search in the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is " -"possible to limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of " -"the month and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected " -"day</guibutton>\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> " -"button to see the results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the " -"file</guilabel>. It is possible to save the results in the .txt format by " -"clicking on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." +"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do " +"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in " +"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to " +"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold" +"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month " +"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>" +"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the " +"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is " +"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis " +"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> @@ -5188,11 +5154,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/logdrake.xml:49 msgid "" -"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail " -"Alert</emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> " -"Configure the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the " -"running services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to " -"look watch. (See screenshot above)." +"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</" +"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure " +"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running " +"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. " +"(See screenshot above)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -5276,8 +5242,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5291,9 +5257,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you " -"can write this help, please contact <link " -"ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\"> the " -"Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in advance." +"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/" +"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in " +"advance." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5309,8 +5275,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/lspcidrake.xml:10 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5409,25 +5375,25 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</" +"emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management.</emphasis>" +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para> #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:18 msgid "" -"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with " -"rpmdrake-edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you " -"are prompted to do so." +"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with rpmdrake-" +"edit-media with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are " +"prompted to do so." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5456,8 +5422,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:33 msgid "" "When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by " -"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> " -". Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." +"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/" +"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -5522,8 +5488,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure " -"hardware</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5539,8 +5505,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop " -"effects</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -5607,8 +5573,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mcc-intro.xml:8 msgid "" -"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related " -"tools." +"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -5977,8 +5942,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/mcc-system.xml:58 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on " -"system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"></xref><emphasis> = Manage users on system</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6000,29 +5965,28 @@ msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia" #: en/MCC.xml:6 msgid "" "The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA " -"3.0 license <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\">" -"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." +"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/" +"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:9 msgid "" -"This manual was produced with the help of the <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link " -"ns6:href=\"http://www.neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." +"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www." +"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para> #: en/MCC.xml:11 msgid "" -"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation " -"Team</link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." +"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:" +"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</" +"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual." msgstr "" -"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link " -"ns6:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team " -"Documentazione</link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." +"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href=" +"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</" +"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale." #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3 @@ -6042,18 +6006,18 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14 msgid "" "This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia " -"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software " -"management</emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / " -"Updates configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder " -"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." +"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</" +"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates " +"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject" +"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6061,8 +6025,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for " "updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The " -"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is " -"out." +"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><title> @@ -6083,8 +6046,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/mousedrake.xml:15 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -6116,7 +6079,7 @@ msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle> -#: en/msecgui.xml:3 +#: en/msecgui.xml:5 msgid "msecgui" msgstr "" @@ -6665,11 +6628,11 @@ msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:21 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" -"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." +"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root." #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:20 @@ -6690,12 +6653,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:35 msgid "" -"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref " -"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend=" +"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." msgstr "" "Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con " -"<xref " -"linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." +"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ." #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:39 @@ -6722,12 +6684,11 @@ msgid "" "updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia." msgstr "" "Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La " -"prima volta " -"che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni con una " -"interfaccia " -"grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che tutte le loro " -"dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole applicazioni, " -"i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più recenti di Mageia." +"prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni " +"con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che " +"tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole " +"applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più " +"recenti di Mageia." #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:61 @@ -6741,8 +6702,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/rpmdrake.xml:70 msgid "" -"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> " -"</firstterm>" +"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </" +"firstterm>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6830,8 +6791,8 @@ msgid "" "list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium " "is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is " "installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or " -"uncheck the box before the package name and click on " -"<guibutton>Apply</guibutton>." +"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</" +"guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry> @@ -6969,9 +6930,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:21 msgid "" "This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure " -"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes " -"scanning. It also allows you to share local devices connected to this " -"computer with a remote computer or to access remote scanners." +"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. " +"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a " +"remote computer or to access remote scanners." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -6995,9 +6956,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:38 msgid "" -"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install " -"<code>scanner-gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet " -"installed." +"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-" +"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -7017,8 +6977,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/scannerdrake.xml:55 msgid "" "In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner " -"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannersharing\"/>." +"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannersharing\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7045,17 +7005,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:76 msgid "" -"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click " -"<emphasis>Cancel</emphasis>" +"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:79 msgid "" -"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: " -"Supported Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href=" +"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported " +"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums." +"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title> @@ -7071,16 +7031,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><figure> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:86 msgid "" -"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" " -"id=\"1\"/>" +"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=" +"\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:97 msgid "" -"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available " -"ports</emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that " -"case, select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." +"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</" +"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, " +"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7093,8 +7053,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:104 msgid "" -"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref " -"linkend=\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." +"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend=" +"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -7205,8 +7165,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:193 msgid "" -"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and " -"<emphasis>xinetd</emphasis> to be started on boot." +"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</" +"emphasis> to be started on boot." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7224,8 +7184,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> " "(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow " -"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device " -"Manager</emphasis>." +"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</" +"emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7236,11 +7196,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:216 msgid "" -"Drivers are available from <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">" -"this " -"page</link>. When indicated, you must install the " -"<emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " +"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/" +"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must " +"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then " "<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the " "<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict " "with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be " @@ -7280,16 +7238,16 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:246 msgid "" -"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the " -"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" +"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/" +"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/scannerdrake.xml:250 msgid "" "Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know " -"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link " -"xlink:href=\"http://forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." +"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://" +"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -7305,8 +7263,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/software-management.xml:14 msgid "" -"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software " -"management. Click on a link below to learn more." +"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. " +"Click on a link below to learn more." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7317,8 +7275,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/software-management.xml:20 msgid "" -"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your " -"system</emphasis>" +"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7369,9 +7327,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:37 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>system-config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked " -"for." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-" +"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7379,8 +7336,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> " "section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure " -"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>." +"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/" +">." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7424,8 +7381,8 @@ msgstr "" #: en/system-config-printer.xml:63 msgid "" "This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the " -"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click " -"\"Next\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " +"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next" +"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be " "automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known " "drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the " "next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>" @@ -7562,11 +7519,11 @@ msgid "" "JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network " "via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is " "known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers " -"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the " -"IP-address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" " -"can manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like " -"<emphasis>hp:/net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed " -"IP-adress is not required." +"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-" +"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can " +"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/" +"net/<name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is " +"not required." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7673,9 +7630,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:251 msgid "" -"Additional information can be found in the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://www.cups.org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS " -"documentation.</link>" +"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups." +"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7688,11 +7644,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to " "parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your " -"system, but you can specify a different one with the " -"<guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, " -"another window which gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters " -"of the server, following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | " -"<guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" +"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</" +"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which " +"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, " +"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><title> @@ -7710,23 +7665,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:273 msgid "" -"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the " -"<guimenu>Help</guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." +"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</" +"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:280 msgid "" "It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in " -"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to " -"check if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package " -"is already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, " -"redo the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report " -"the problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this " -"tool and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer " -"works or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other " -"up-to-date drivers or for more recent devices." +"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:" +"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check " +"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is " +"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo " +"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the " +"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool " +"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works " +"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date " +"drivers or for more recent devices." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7737,11 +7692,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:294 msgid "" -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/en/downl" -"oad_prn.html\">This " -"page</link> give a list of drivers provided by Brother. Search the driver " -"for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/" +"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by " +"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7753,8 +7706,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:301 msgid "" -"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one " -"devices</emphasis>" +"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</" +"emphasis>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7762,13 +7715,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the " "detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information " -"<link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</link>. " -"The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the " -"<guilabel>System</guilabel> menu. Also view <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\"" -">configuration</link> " -"for the management of the printer." +"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</" +"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</" +"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-" +"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management " +"of the printer." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7791,9 +7742,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:321 msgid "" -"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> " -"for the QPDL protocol." +"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL " +"protocol." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7804,12 +7755,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/system-config-printer.xml:326 msgid "" -"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link " -"ns2:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this " -"search page</link>. For the scanner part, you must install the " -"\"iscan-data\" package first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin " -"package can also be available and is to install. Choose the " -"<emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages according to your architecture." +"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://" +"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</" +"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package " +"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be " +"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages " +"according to your architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> @@ -7849,8 +7800,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:22 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7866,9 +7817,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings " "from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> " -"installation on the same computer as the Mageia installation." +"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered" +"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same " +"computer as the Mageia installation." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -7911,9 +7862,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/transfugdrake.xml:56 msgid "" "Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of " -"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> user account names with special " -"symbols can be displayed incorrectly." +"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed " +"incorrectly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><note><para> @@ -7927,18 +7878,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications " "(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For " -"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>are updated using " -"<emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not use such accounts for the " -"import purposes." +"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not " +"use such accounts for the import purposes." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:74 msgid "" -"When you finished with the accounts selection press " -"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method " -"to import documents:" +"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</" +"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import " +"documents:" msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> @@ -7949,11 +7899,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:84 msgid "" -"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark " -"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> data from <emphasis>My " -"Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</emphasis> and <emphasis>My " -"Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to skip import by selecting the " -"appropriate item in this window." +"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</" +"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</" +"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to " +"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -7997,8 +7946,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/transfugdrake.xml:120 msgid "" -"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> " -"button." +"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8031,8 +7979,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:23 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8090,11 +8038,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:52 msgid "" -"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly " -"recommended. There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the " -"password is weak, too short or is too similar to the login name. You should " -"use figures, lower and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The " -"shield will turn orange and then green as the password strength improves." +"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. " +"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, " +"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower " +"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn " +"orange and then green as the password strength improves." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8235,10 +8183,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/userdrake.xml:128 msgid "" -"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears " -"to ask if home directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private " -"group has been created for the user, it will be deleted as well." +"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</" +"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home " +"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been " +"created for the user, it will be deleted as well." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><warning><para> @@ -8293,9 +8241,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:17 msgid "" -"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing " -"<emphasis>XFdrake</emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> " -"as root. Mind the capital letters." +"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</" +"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the " +"capital letters." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8303,8 +8251,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis " "role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the " -"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" " -"id=\"0\"/>" +"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=" +"\"0\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8353,9 +8301,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:39 msgid "" -"</note>If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you " -"want to use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for " -"example)." +"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to " +"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> @@ -8444,9 +8391,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:93 msgid "" -"</note>If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't " -"want to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything " -"is right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." +"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want " +"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " +"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> @@ -8457,9 +8404,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/XFdrake.xml:99 msgid "" -"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable " -"Ctrl-Alt-Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to " -"restart X server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." +"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-" +"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X " +"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8473,9 +8420,9 @@ msgstr "" #: en/XFdrake.xml:107 msgid "" "<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, " -"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon " -"booting</emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it " -"may be unchecked for a server." +"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</" +"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be " +"unchecked for a server." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><para> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot index f7dc6add..ee17da0b 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot +++ b/docs/mcc-help/mcc-help.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -317,11 +317,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po index a4a335de..790c9038 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/nl.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/nl.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia Control Center Help 4.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-10 12:52+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Marja van Waes <marja@mageia.org>\n" "Language-Team: Dutch <i18n-nl@ml.mageia.org>\n" @@ -407,12 +407,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" # TODO: compare with software translation #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Na het aanvaarden van de configuratie met de <guibutton>Klaar</guibutton>-" "knop, verschijnt er een bericht met de vraag of u de /etc/fstab aanpassingen " @@ -779,7 +780,6 @@ msgstr "" "drak3d." #. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata> - #: en/drak3d.xml:71 msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png" @@ -903,12 +903,12 @@ msgid "" "you machine from booting." msgstr "" "In het eerste deel, <guilabel>Opstartlader</guilabel>, kunt u kiezen welke " -"<guibutton>opstartlader te gebruiken</guibutton>, GRUB, GRUB2, of LILO, en met " -"een grafisch of een tekstmenu. Het is een kwestie van smaak, er zijn geen " -"verdere consequenties. U kunt ook het <guibutton>Opstartapparaat</guibutton> " -"kiezen, verander dit niet als u geen expert bent. Het opstartapparaat is " -"waar de opstarlader is geïnstalleerd, het wijzigen kan het opstarten van uw " -"machine onmogelijk maken." +"<guibutton>opstartlader te gebruiken</guibutton>, GRUB, GRUB2, of LILO, en " +"met een grafisch of een tekstmenu. Het is een kwestie van smaak, er zijn " +"geen verdere consequenties. U kunt ook het <guibutton>Opstartapparaat</" +"guibutton> kiezen, verander dit niet als u geen expert bent. Het " +"opstartapparaat is waar de opstarlader is geïnstalleerd, het wijzigen kan " +"het opstarten van uw machine onmogelijk maken." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:36 @@ -919,12 +919,12 @@ msgid "" "systems, prompting you to make your choice, if no selection is made, the " "bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses." msgstr "" -"In het tweede deel, <guilabel>Hoofdopties</guilabel>, kunt u de <guibutton>" -"Wachttijd voor het opstarten van standaard image</guibutton> instellen in " -"seconden. Gedurende deze wachttijd, zal GRUB(2) of LILO de lijst met " -"beschikbare besturingssystemen laten zien, waaruit u kunt kiezen. Als geen " -"keuze gemaakt wordt, zal de opstartlader de standaard keuze starten zodra de " -"wachttijd verstreken is." +"In het tweede deel, <guilabel>Hoofdopties</guilabel>, kunt u de " +"<guibutton>Wachttijd voor het opstarten van standaard image</guibutton> " +"instellen in seconden. Gedurende deze wachttijd, zal GRUB(2) of LILO de " +"lijst met beschikbare besturingssystemen laten zien, waaruit u kunt kiezen. " +"Als geen keuze gemaakt wordt, zal de opstartlader de standaard keuze starten " +"zodra de wachttijd verstreken is." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:43 @@ -987,8 +987,8 @@ msgid "" "<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</" "guibutton>" msgstr "" -"<guibutton>APIC inschakelen</guibutton> en <guibutton>Lokale APIC inschakelen" -"</guibutton>." +"<guibutton>APIC inschakelen</guibutton> en <guibutton>Lokale APIC " +"inschakelen</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><para> #: en/drakboot--boot.xml:69 @@ -8833,10 +8833,9 @@ msgid "" "to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is " "right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." msgstr "" -"Als de test mislukt, wacht dan rustig tot hij klaar is. Als hij " -"slaagt, maar u toch niets wilt veranderen, klik dan op <guibutton>Nee</" -"guibutton>. Als alles naar wens is, klik dan op <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</" -"guibutton>." +"Als de test mislukt, wacht dan rustig tot hij klaar is. Als hij slaagt, maar " +"u toch niets wilt veranderen, klik dan op <guibutton>Nee</guibutton>. Als " +"alles naar wens is, klik dan op <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>." #. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title> #: en/XFdrake.xml:97 diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po index b80483e5..6ed9aae6 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ro.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ro.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-10 11:11+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Florin Cătălin RUSSEN <cfrussen@yahoo.co.uk>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -411,12 +411,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "După ce acceptați configurația cu butonul „Gata”, un mesaj se va afișa " "întrebîndu-vă dacă „Doriți să salvați modificările în /etc/fstab”. Aceasta " diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po index 98a3022f..8ebde1b3 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/ru.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/ru.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia rpmdrake help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-12-17 19:30+0300\n" "Last-Translator: AlexL <loginov.alex.valer@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" @@ -426,12 +426,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "После подтверждения настроек, нажатием кнопки <guibutton>Готово</guibutton> " "система попросит вас ответить на вопрос относительно того, желаете ли вы " diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po index 1d2419c3..6bdb85f5 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/tr.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/tr.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-31 12:22+0000\n" "Last-Translator: kemalokmen <kemal@comu.edu.tr>\n" "Language-Team: Turkish (http://www.transifex.com/projects/p/mageia/language/" @@ -414,12 +414,13 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 +#, fuzzy msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Bitti düğmesi ile yapılandırma kabul edildiğinde \"/etc/fstab " "değişikliklerini kaydetmek istiyor musunuz?\" diye sorulur. Ağ erişilebilir " diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po index a1685ffc..85e7524a 100644 --- a/docs/mcc-help/uk.po +++ b/docs/mcc-help/uk.po @@ -6,8 +6,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Mageia rpmdrake help 3.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-01-30 15:31+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-01-30 16:10+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-02-17 08:51+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-02-17 08:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n" "Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n" "Language: uk\n" @@ -422,11 +422,11 @@ msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png" #. type: Content of: <section><section><para> #: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77 msgid "" -"On accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will " -"displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". This " -"will make the directory available at each boot, if the network is " -"accessible. The new directory is then available in your file browser, for " -"example in dolphin." +"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, " +"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab " +"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the " +"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file " +"browser, for example in Dolphin." msgstr "" "Після підтвердження налаштувань натисканням кнопки <guibutton>Зроблено</" "guibutton> система попросить вас відповісти на питання щодо того, чи бажаєте " @@ -7520,8 +7520,8 @@ msgid "" "approaches:" msgstr "" "msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> — графічний інтерфейс " -"користувача до msec, за допомогою якого можна " -"налаштувати захист системи у такий спосіб:" +"користувача до msec, за допомогою якого можна налаштувати захист системи у " +"такий спосіб:" #. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:28 @@ -7687,11 +7687,11 @@ msgid "" "versions)." msgstr "" "Рівень <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. Цей рівень є типовим " -"після встановлення системи, його призначено для звичайних користувачів. Права " -"доступу у системі буде дещо обмежено, виконуватимуться щоденні перевірки " -"захисту для виявлення змін у системних файлах, облікових записах та " -"вразливостей у правах доступу до каталогів (цей рівень подібний до рівнів 2 і " -"3 у старих версіях msec)." +"після встановлення системи, його призначено для звичайних користувачів. " +"Права доступу у системі буде дещо обмежено, виконуватимуться щоденні " +"перевірки захисту для виявлення змін у системних файлах, облікових записах " +"та вразливостей у правах доступу до каталогів (цей рівень подібний до рівнів " +"2 і 3 у старих версіях msec)." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:131 @@ -7718,9 +7718,9 @@ msgid "" "the most common use cases." msgstr "" "Окрім цих рівнів, передбачено різні зорієнтовані на завдання набори " -"налаштувань захисту, зокрема рівні <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver<" -"/emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> та <emphasis " -"role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Якщо ви скористаєтеся цими рівнями, захист " +"налаштувань захисту, зокрема рівні <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver</" +"emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> та <emphasis role=" +"\"bold\">netbook</emphasis>. Якщо ви скористаєтеся цими рівнями, захист " "системи буде попередньо налаштовано на виконання більшості типових завдань." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7732,8 +7732,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Останні два рівні мають назву <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily</emphasis> " "і <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis>. Насправді, це не зовсім " -"рівні безпеки, скоріше інструменти, призначені лише для виконання періодичних " -"перевірок." +"рівні безпеки, скоріше інструменти, призначені лише для виконання " +"періодичних перевірок." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:156 @@ -7798,8 +7798,8 @@ msgstr "" "Наполегливо рекомендуємо вам увімкнути сповіщення безпеки забезпечення для " "адміністратора безпеки отримання негайної інформації щодо можливих проблем з " "безпекою. Якщо ви цього не зробите, адміністратору доведеться регулярно " -"ознайомлюватися з файлами журналу, що зберігаються у каталозі <filename>" -"/var/log/security</filename>." +"ознайомлюватися з файлами журналу, що зберігаються у каталозі <filename>/var/" +"log/security</filename>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:188 @@ -8074,8 +8074,8 @@ msgid "" "\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly." msgstr "" "Для того, щоб це спрацювало, слід відповідним чином налаштувати параметр " -"CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold" -"\">вкладці «Періодичні перевірки»</emphasis>." +"CHECK_PERMS на <emphasis role=\"bold\">вкладці «Періодичні перевірки»</" +"emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para> #: en/msecgui.xml:339 @@ -8084,8 +8084,8 @@ msgid "" "and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in " "the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити нове правило, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати правило<" -"/guibutton> і заповніть поля так, як це показано у наведеному нижче прикладі. " +"Щоб створити нове правило, натисніть кнопку <guibutton>Додати правило</" +"guibutton> і заповніть поля так, як це показано у наведеному нижче прикладі. " "У полі <guilabel>Файл</guilabel> можна використовувати замінник *. «current» " "означає «не вносити зміни»." |